Pharmaceutical composition comprising a quinazoline compound
Patent Information
- Authority / Receiving Office
- EP · EP
- Patent Type
- Applications
- Current Assignee / Owner
- ASTELLAS PHARMA INC
- Filing Date
- 2024-06-21
- Publication Date
- 2026-04-29
AI Technical Summary
Current treatments for colorectal and lung cancers, particularly those with G12D mutant KRAS, lack effective therapeutic agents due to the limited availability of G12D mutant KRAS inhibitors, and existing anticancer agents are ineffective for cancers with KRAS mutations.
Development of bifunctional compounds comprising a quinazoline or quinoline heterocycle with a substituent at the 8-position, 2-position, or 7-position bound to an E3 ligase via a linker, and a group capable of binding to G12D mutant KRAS protein, which induce degradation of the G12D mutant KRAS protein and inhibit its activity.
These compounds demonstrate excellent degradation-inducing action on G12D mutant KRAS protein, providing a potential therapeutic approach for treating colorectal and lung cancers by targeting the G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancers effectively.
Smart Images

Figure IMGF000004_0001 
Figure IMGF000007_0001 
Figure IMGF000007_0002
Abstract
Description
[0001] PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING A QUINAZOLINE COMPOUND Field of the Invention The present invention relates to the medical use of compounds, and compositions comprising the compounds, in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer. In particular, the present invention relates to bifunctional compounds comprising a quinazoline or a quinoline heterocycle having a substituent at the 8-position, 2-position or 7-position bound to a ligand of an E3 ligase via a linker, and compounds comprising a group capable of binding to G12D mutant KRAS protein and a Linker-EUB group as defined herein, which have excellent degradation-inducing action on a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and G12D mutant KRAS inhibition activity and their use in the treatment of treating colorectal and / or lung cancer. Background of the Invention The listing or discussion of an apparently prior-published document in this specification should not necessarily be taken as an acknowledgement that the document is part of the state of the art or is common general knowledge. Colorectal cancer is a cancer with a high morbidity and fatality in the world and about 1.4 million new cases are reported per year in the world (World Cancer Report 2014). The most effective means for treating colorectal cancer is a surgery, whereas chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and the like have recently been significantly advanced. Large scale clinical trials performed mainly in Europe and America have revealed that a combination chemotherapy in which several types of anticancer agents are combined is efficacious for colorectal cancer and contributes to regression of a tumor and prolongation of the prognosis (J. Clin. Oncol., 22, p.229-237, 2004). In addition to the chemotherapy, a molecular target drug, such as an anti-VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor) antibody or an anti-EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) antibody, is used as a first-choice drug in combination with the chemotherapy. Regarding an EGFR antibody drug, it has been apparent that mutation in a RAS gene is a negative predictive factor for the effect (Cancer Res., 66, p.3992-3995, 2006), and in colorectal cancer, EGFR antibody drugs are applicable only to patients with wild type RAS genes in the current situation. In addition, the number of death due to lung cancer accounts for 19% of that due to all cancers which is the highest value, and about 1.8 million new patients are reported per year in the world (World Cancer Report 2014). In particular, patients of non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) are reported to account for 80 to 85% of those of lung cancer (American Cancer Society, Cancer Facts and Figures, 2016). Surgical therapy is considered until a certain stage, but surgery is rarely adopted after that stage and chemotherapy or radiotherapy then become a main therapy. Based on the cytomorphology, adenocarcinoma and squamous cell cancer are classified as the most typical type of NSCLC. These tumors follow a similar clinical course, but adenocarcinoma is characterized by localization in the lung periphery. RAS proteins are low molecular weight guanosine triphosphate (GTP)-binding proteins of about 21 kDa constituted of 188-189 amino acids, and include four main types of proteins (KRAS (KRAS 4A and KRAS 4B), NRAS and HRAS) produced by three genes of a KRAS gene, an NRAS gene and an HRAS gene. RAS proteins are divided into an active GTP-binding type and an inactive GDP-binding type. A RAS protein is activated by replacement of guanosine diphosphate (GDP) with GTP due to, for example, ligand stimulation to a membrane receptor, such as EGFR. The active RAS binds to effector proteins as much as twenty, such as RAF, PI3K and RALGDS, to activate the downstream signal cascade. On the other hand, the active RAS is converted to the inactive type by replacement of GTP with GDP due to the intrinsic GTP hydrolysis (GTPase) activity. The GTPase activity is enhanced by a GTPase-activating protein (GAP). As can be seen from the above statement, RAS bears an important function of "molecular switch" in an intracellular signal transduction pathway for EGFR or the like and plays a critical role in the processes of cell growth, proliferation, angiogenesis and the like (Nature Rev. Cancer, 2011, 11, p.761-774, Nature Rev. Drug Discov., 2014, 13, p.828-851, Nature Rev. Drug Discov., 2016, 15, p.771-785). Substitution of an amino acid by spontaneous mutation of the RAS gene results in a constant activated state due to hypofunction of RAS as GTPase or hyporeactivity to GAP, and then, signals are continuously sent downstream. The excessive signaling causes carcinogenesis or cancer growth acceleration. In 30 to 40% of the cases of colorectal cancer, a mutation is seen in a KRAS gene and in many cases, the mutation is a spontaneous point mutation particularly in the KRAS exon 2 (codon 12, codon 13) (Ann. Oncol., 27, p.1746-1753, 2016). Effectiveness of existing anticancer agents has not been demonstrated on colorectal cancer with a KRAS mutation, and unmet medical needs for this segment are high. In addition, in lung cancer, a mutation of a RAS gene has been seen in 32% of the cases of lung adenocarcinoma. The breakdown of the frequency of the mutation is 96% in KRAS genes, 3% in NRAS genes, and 1% in HRAS genes, and it is reported that a majority of them are a spontaneous point mutation in the KRAS exon 2 (codon 12, codon 13) (Nature Rev. Drug Discov., 2014, 13, p.828-851). As a mutation of a KRAS gene, KRAS G12D mutation in which glycine at the codon 12 is substituted with aspartic acid and KRAS G12C mutation in which the glycine is substituted with cysteine are particularly known. In recent years, a number of G12C mutant-selective inhibitors have been developed, and among them, Sotorasib has been approved by FDA as a therapeutic agent for non-small cell lung cancer (Drugs, 2021, 81, p.1573-1579). On the other hand, G12D mutant KRAS is seen in about 34% of the cases of pancreatic cancer, in 10% or more of the cases of colorectal cancer, and also in about 4% of the cases of lung adenocarcinoma (Nat. Rev. Cancer, 2018, 18, p.767-777). Thus, a therapeutic agent for a KRAS mutation other than the KRAS G12C mutation is highly expected. WO 2016 / 049565, WO 2016 / 049568 and WO 2017 / 172979 disclose RAS inhibitors, and WO 2016 / 049568 and WO 2017 / 172979 disclose compounds represented by the following formula (A) and formula (B), respectively. Patent Documents WO 2016 / 049565, WO 2016 / 049568 and WO 2017 / 172979 state that the agents are useful for a cancer with a mutation in the codon 12 of KRAS. The G12D mutation is one of such mutations, but any effect on the G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer is not described. (B) The meanings of the signs in the formulae can be found in the patent documents. Moreover, WO 2021 / 041671, WO 2021 / 106231, WO 2021 / 107160, WO 2022 / 002102, WO 2022 / 015375, WO 2022 / 098625, WO 2022 / 105855 and WO 2022 / 031678 disclose a KRAS G12D inhibitor. Further, Nature 619, 2023, 160–166 discloses a pan-KRAS inhibitor. In recent years, as a technique for inducing degradation of a target protein, bifunctional compounds collectively called as PROTAC (PROteolysis-TArgeting Chimera) or SNIPER (Specific and Nongenetic IAP-dependent Protein Eraser) are found and are expected as one novel technique of drug development modality (Drug. Discov. Today Technol., 2019, 31, p15-27). Such a bifunctional compound promotes formation of a composite of the target protein and an E3 ligase in a cell, and degradation of the target protein is induced using the ubiquitin-proteasome system. The ubiquitin-proteasome system is one of intracellular protein degradation mechanisms. A protein called E3 ligase recognizes a protein to be degraded to convert the protein into ubiquitin, whereby degradation by proteasome is promoted. 600 or more E3 ligases are present in an organism and are roughly divided into four types of HECT-domain E3s, U-box E3s, monomeric RING E3s and multi-subunit E3s. E3 ligases used as a bifunctional degradation inducer which are called PROTAC, SNIPER or the like are currently limited, and typical examples thereof include Von Hippel-Lindau (VHL), celebron (CRBN), inhibitor of apoptosis protein (IAP) and mouse double minute 2 homolog (MDM2). In particular, VHL is reported in WO 2013 / 106643, and CRBN is reported in WO 2015 / 160845. The bifunctional compounds are compounds in which a ligand of a target protein and a ligand of an E3 ligase are bound via a Linker, and some bifunctional compounds for degrading a KRAS protein have ever been reported (Cell. Chem. Biol., 2020, 27, p.19- 31, ACS Cent. Sci., 2020, 6, p.1367-1375, US. 2018 / 0015087, WO 2019 / 195609, WO 2020 / 018788, and WO 2022 / 002102). Further, WO 2023 / 077441 shows bifunctional compounds targeting the G12D mutant KRAS. Summary of the Invention It has now surprisingly been found that compounds of formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) and (XXIII) as defined herein have properties that make them useful in the treatment of lung cancer and / or colorectal cancer. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that compounds of formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) and (XXIII) as defined herein are useful for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer in view of their degradation-inducing action, for example, on a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and their activity as G12D mutant KRAS inhibitors. In particular, the inventors have found that bifunctional compounds of formula (I), (XXI) and (XXII) comprising a quinazoline or a quinoline heterocycle having a substituent at the 8-position (formula I), 2-position (formula XXI) or 7-position (formula XXII) bound to a ligand of an E3 ligase via a linker, and bifunctional compounds of formula (XXIII) comprising a group capable of binding to G12D mutant KRAS protein and a Linker-EUB group as defined herein, have excellent degradation- inducing action on a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and G12D mutant KRAS inhibition activity and that the compounds are useful (in particular as the active ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition) for treating colorectal and / or lung cancer. Detailed description of the Invention In a first aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer,
[0002] wherein in formula (I), A is CRAor N, RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl or cyano, Q is CRQor N, RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl or vinyl, E is CH or N, R1is naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen, or R1is a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II), the formula (III) and the formula (IV) below, R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, vinyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, (V) (VI) W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2, R3is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl, X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1- 3 alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, Linker is one group chemically linking Y2to EUB, and EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound of the formula (XXI) or a salt thereof for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. wherein in formula (XXI), A is CRAor N, RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl or cyano, Q is CRQor N, RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl or vinyl, E is CH or N, R1is naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen, or R1is a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II), the formula (III) and the formula (IV) below, R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, vinyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, (V) (VI) W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2, R3Pis optionally substituted C1-6alkylene, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, R5is H, CONR6R7or a group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV) and (XXXV) below,
[0003] R5aand R5b, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionally substituted oxazolyl, thiazolyl or pyrazinyl, R6and R7, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, or R6and R7form a 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring when taken together with a nitrogen atom to which they are attached, wherein the 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, Linker is a group chemically linking R3Pto EUB, and EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound of the formula (XXII) or a salt thereof for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer.
[0004] wherein in formula (XXII), A is CRAor N, RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl or cyano, Q is CRQor N, RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or vinyl, E is CH or N, R1Pis naphthylene optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen or one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II-22A), the formula (II-22B), the formula (II-22C), the formula (III-22A), the formula (III-22B), the formula (III- 22C) and the formula (III-22D) below, R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, vinyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, (V) (VI) W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2, R3is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl, X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, R5is H, CONR6R7or a group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV) and (XXXV) below, R5aand R5b, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionally substituted oxazolyl, thiazolyl or pyrazinyl, R6and R7, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or R6and R7form a 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring together with a nitrogen atom to which they are attached, wherein the 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, Linker is a group chemically linking R1Pto EUB, and EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound of the formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer.( XX I I I )wherein in formula (XXIII), GDB is a group capable of binding to a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and -Linker-EUB is one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (LE-1) to the formula (LE-40) (in one embodiment, the group is selected from the group consisting of the formula (LE-1) to the formula (LE-37)).
[0005] (LE - 15 )( LE - 16 )
[0006]
[0007] When a symbol in a chemical formula herein is used in another chemical formula, the same symbol represents the same meaning unless otherwise specified. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutic agent for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the therapeutic agent comprising the compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof, as defined herein. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutic agent for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the therapeutic agent comprising the compound of formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, as defined herein. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutic agent for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the therapeutic agent comprising the compound of formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, as defined herein. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutic agent for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the therapeutic agent comprising the compound of formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, as defined herein. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (XXI), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (XXII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of the compound of formula (XXIII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of formula (XXI), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of formula (XXII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof.
[0008] In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of formula (XXIII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof.
[0009] As used herein the term "subject" denotes a human or another animal that needs the treatment, and in an embodiment, the "subject" is a human who needs the prevention or treatment.
[0010] In further aspects, there are provided a compound of formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) or (XXIII), or salt thereof as defined herein, for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor; a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) or (XXIII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, that is a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor; a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) or (XXIII), or a salt thereof for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor; and a pharmaceutical composition comprising a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor containing the compound of the formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) or (XXIII), or a salt thereof.
[0011] In a further aspect, there is provided a method of inducing degradation of G12D mutant KRAS protein and / or inhibiting the function of G12D mutant KRAS in a subject, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) or (XXIII), or a salt thereof, to a patient in need thereof.
[0012] The present invention will be described in detail below.
[0013] As used herein, "optionally substituted" means being unsubstituted or having one to five substituents. In one embodiment, the "optionally substituted" means being unsubstituted or having one to three substituents. Note that when there are multiple substituents, the substituents may be the same as or different from each other. "C1-12 Alkyl" is linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, dodecyl and the like (the carbon atom numbers are described similarly hereinafter). The "C1-12alkyl" is ethyl or dodecyl in one embodiment. Similarly, "C1-6 alkyl" is linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl. The "C1-6alkyl" is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or sec-butyl in one embodiment, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or tert-butyl in one embodiment, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or n-butyl in one embodiment, methyl, ethyl or n-propyl in one embodiment, methyl or n-propyl in one embodiment, methyl in one embodiment, ethyl in one embodiment or n-propyl in one embodiment. Similarly, "C1-3 alkyl" is linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl. The "C1-3 alkyl" is methyl or ethyl in one embodiment, n-propyl or isopropyl in one embodiment, methyl or isopropyl in one embodiment, methyl or n-propyl in one embodiment ethyl or isopropyl in one embodiment, methyl in one embodiment, ethyl in one embodiment, isopropyl in one embodiment or n-propyl in one embodiment. "C3-6Cycloalkyl" is cycloalkyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. The "C3-6cycloalkyl" is cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl in one embodiment, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl in one embodiment, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl in one embodiment, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl in one embodiment, cyclopropyl in one embodiment, cyclobutyl in one embodiment, cyclopentyl in one embodiment or cyclohexyl in one embodiment. "C1-3 Alkylene" is a divalent group in which the carbon atom of the "C1-3 alkyl" has yet another bond. Examples thereof include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, methylmethylene, 1,1-dimethylmethylene and the like. The "C1-3alkylene" is linear or branched C1-3alkylene in one embodiment, methylene, ethylene or trimethylene in one embodiment, methylene or ethylene in one embodiment, methylene in one embodiment or ethylene in one embodiment. "Heterocycloalkyl" is a 4-membered to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms and may partially contain an unsaturated bond. Further, the sulfur atom as a ring-forming atom of the saturated heterocyclic group is optionally oxidized. The "heterocycloalkyl" in one embodiment is a "4- membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing one or two hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms", a "4-membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing one or two oxygen atoms as ring-forming atoms" in one embodiment, a "4-membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing one oxygen atom as a ring-forming atom" in one embodiment, a "4-membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing one or two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms" in one embodiment, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxothiomorpholinyl in one embodiment, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofuranyl in one embodiment, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofuranyl in one embodiment, tetrahydropyranyl in one embodiment, tetrahydrofuranyl in one embodiment, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl in one embodiment, piperidinyl or piperazinyl in one embodiment, piperidinyl in one embodiment or piperazinyl in one embodiment. "Heterocycloalkylene" is a divalent group of the "heterocycloalkyl" in which the nitrogen or carbon atom forming the ring has yet another bond. The "heterocycloalkylene" in one embodiment is a " 4-membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing one or two hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms", a "4-membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing one or two oxygen atoms as ring-forming atoms" in one embodiment, a "4- membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing one oxygen atom as a ring- forming atom" in one embodiment, a "4-membered to 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing one or two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms" in one embodiment, oxetandiyl, tetrahydrofurandiyl, tetrahydropyrandiyl, azetidinediyl, pyrrolidinediyl, piperidinediyl, oxazolidinediyl, imidazolidinediyl, piperazinediyl, morpholinediyl, thiomorpholinediyl, or dioxothiomorpholinediyl in one embodiment, oxetandiyl, tetrahydropyrandiyl or tetrahydrofurandiyl in one embodiment, tetrahydropyrandiyl or tetrahydrofurandiyl in one embodiment, tetrahydropyrandiyl in one embodiment, tetrahydrofurandiyl in one embodiment, azetidinediyl, pyrrolidinediyl, piperidinediyl or piperazinediyl in one embodiment, piperidinediyl or piperazinediyl in one embodiment, piperidinediyl in one embodiment or piperazinediyl in one embodiment. "Bridged heterocycloalkyl" is a 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocyclic group containing one or two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms. The "bridged heterocycloalkyl" is a saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocyclic group containing one or two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, a saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment or a saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing two nitrogen atoms as ring- forming atoms in which one of the two nitrogen atoms bonds to one hydrogen atom in one embodiment. Examples thereof include diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl and diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonanyl. The "bridged heterocycloalkyl" is diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-6-enyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-enyl, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl or diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-enyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl or diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl or diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment, 2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment or 3,8- diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment. "Bridged heterocycloalkylene" is a divalent group of the "bridged heterocycloalkyl" in which the nitrogen or carbon atom forming the ring has yet another bond. The "bridged heterocycloalkylene" is a saturated 7-membered or 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkylene containing two nitrogen atoms in one embodiment or a saturated 7-membered or 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkylene containing two nitrogen atoms in which one of the two nitrogen atoms bonds to one hydrogen atom in one embodiment. Examples thereof include diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanediyl, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl and diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonanediyl. The "bridged heterocycloalkylene" is diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-6-enediyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-enediyl, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanediyl, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl or diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-enediyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanediyl or diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl or diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl in one embodiment, 2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl or 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]ocnediyl in one embodiment, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment or 3,8- diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl in one embodiment. "Bridged piperazinyl" is piperazinyl having a bridging structure at a carbon atom on the ring, where the bridging structure is composed of carbon atoms. Examples thereof include diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl and diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl. The "bridged piperazinyl" is diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl in one embodiment, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment, 2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl in one embodiment or 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl in one embodiment. "Bridged piperazinediyl" is a divalent group in which the nitrogen atom forming the ring of the "bridged piperazinyl" has yet another bond. Examples thereof include diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl and diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanediyl. The "bridged piperazinediyl" is diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl in one embodiment, diazabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment, 2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl in one embodiment, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanediyl in one embodiment or 3,8- diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl in one embodiment. "Spiroheterocycloalkyl" is a saturated 7-membered to 9-membered heterocyclo ring group containing one or two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms and having a spiro atom. The "spiroheterocycloalkyl" is a saturated 7-membered to 9-membered heterocyclo ring group containing two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms and having a spiro atom in one embodiment. Examples thereof include diazaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, diazaspiro[3.4]octanyl, diazaspiro[3.5]nonanyl and diazaspiro[4.4]nonanyl. The "spiroheterocycloalkyl" is 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanyl in one embodiment or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptanyl in one embodiment. "Spiroheterocycloalkylene" is a divalent group of the "spirocycloalkyl" having two nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms, in which the two nitrogen atoms each have a bond. Examples thereof include 2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptanediyl, 2,6- diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonanediyl and 2,7- diazaspiro[4.4]nonanediyl. The "spiroheterocycloalkylene" is 2,6- diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl in one embodiment or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptanediyl in one embodiment. The "spiroheterocycloalkylene" may also be a divalent group of the "spiroheterocycloalkyl" in which the nitrogen or carbon atom forming the ring has yet another bond. Specifically, the "spiroheterocycloalkylene" is a saturated 7-membered to 9-membered spiroheterocycloalkylene containing one or two nitrogen atoms as ring- forming atoms in one embodiment, and examples thereof include 2,6- diazaspiro[3.3]heptanediyl, 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, 2,7- diazaspiro[3.5]nonanediyl, 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonanediyl, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptanediyl, 2-azaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, 6-azaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, 2-azaspiro[3.5]nonanediyl, 7- azaspiro[3.5]nonanediyl, 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonanediyl and 7-azaspiro[4.4]nonanediyl. The "spiroheterocycloalkylene" is 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl in one embodiment or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptanediyl in one embodiment. "Hetero ring" is an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms. "5-Membered hetero ring" is a 5-membered hetero ring containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring- forming atoms. The "5-membered hetero ring" in one embodiment is a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a tetrazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring or a thiadiazole ring or a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an oxadiazole ring or a thiadiazole ring in one embodiment. "6-Membered hetero ring" is a 6-membered hetero ring containing one to three nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms. The "6-membered hetero ring" in one embodiment is a 6-membered hetero ring containing one to three nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms or a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring or a triazine ring in one embodiment. "5- or 6-membered hetero ring" is 5-Membered hetero ring or 6-Membered hetero ring. "5- or 6-membered hetero ring" in one embodiment is a 5-Membered hetero ring. "5- or 6-membered hetero ring" in one embodiment is a 6-Membered hetero ring. "Heteroaryl" is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms. The "heteroaryl" is 5-membered ring heteroaryl containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms or 6-membered ring heteroaryl containing one to three nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, 5- membered ring heteroaryl containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, 6-membered ring heteroaryl containing one to three nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl or triazinyl in one embodiment, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl in one embodiment or pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl or triazinyl in one embodiment. "Heteroarylene" is a divalent group of the "heteroaryl" in which two different carbon atoms and / or nitrogen atoms forming the ring have a bond. The "heteroarylene" in one embodiment is 5-membered ring heteroarylene containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring- forming atoms or 6-membered ring heteroarylene containing one to three nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, 5-membered ring heteroarylene containing one to four hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, 6-membered ring heteroarylene containing one to three nitrogen atoms as ring-forming atoms in one embodiment, pyrazolediyl, imidazolediyl, triazolediyl, tetrazolediyl, oxazolediyl, isoxazolediyl, thiazolediyl, isothiazolediyl, oxadiazolediyl, thiadiazolediyl, pyridindiyl, pyrimidinediyl, pyrazinediyl, pyridazinediyl or triazinediyl in one embodiment, pyrazolediyl, imidazolediyl, triazolediyl, tetrazolediyl, oxazolediyl, isoxazolediyl, thiazolediyl, isothiazolediyl, oxadiazolediyl, thiadiazolediyl in one embodiment or pyridindiyl, pyrimidinediyl, pyrazinediyl, pyridazinediyl or triazinediyl in one embodiment. "4-Membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic group" is a 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic group containing one to two hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen as ring-forming atoms, which may partially contain an unsaturated bond, have a bridge and form a spiro ring. Furthermore, the sulfur atom contained in the heterocyclic group is optionally oxidized. The "4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic group" is oxetane, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, azepane, oxazolidine, imidazolidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, dioxothiomorpholine, azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, azaspiro[3.3]heptane, azaspiro[3.4]octane, oxaazaspiro[3.3]heptane or diazaspiro[3.3]heptane in one embodiment, oxetane, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, dioxothiomorpholine, azaspiro[3.3]heptane or oxaazaspiro[3.3]heptane in one embodiment, azetidine, tetrahydropyrane, morpholine or oxaazaspiro[3.3]heptane in one embodiment, azetidine or tetrahydropyrane in one embodiment, morpholine or oxaazaspiro[3.3]heptane in one embodiment or tetrahydropyrane in one embodiment. Substituents acceptable in "optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl", "optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene" and "optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene" are C1-3 alkyl, -O(C1-3 alkyl), C=O, halogen or OH in one embodiment, C1-3 alkyl, -O(C1-3 alkyl) or halogen in one embodiment, -O(C1-3alkyl) or halogen in one embodiment, C1-3alkyl in one embodiment, OH in one embodiment, F in one embodiment, methyl in one embodiment or ethyl in one embodiment. Substituents acceptable in "optionally substituted C1-6alkyl", "optionally substituted C1-3alkyl" and "optionally substituted C1-3alkylene" are C1-3alkyl, -O(C1-3alkyl), C=O, halogen or OH in one embodiment, C1-3 alkyl, -O(C1-3 alkyl) or halogen in one embodiment, -O(C1-3 alkyl) or halogen in one embodiment, C1-3 alkyl in one embodiment, OH in one embodiment, F in one embodiment, methyl in one embodiment or ethyl in one embodiment. Substituents acceptable in "optionally substituted heteroarylene", "optionally substituted phenylene" and "optionally substituted heteroaryl" in one embodiment are C1-3alkyl, -O(C1-3alkyl), halogen or OH, C1-3alkyl, -O(C1-3alkyl) or halogen in one embodiment, C1-3alkyl in one embodiment, methyl in one embodiment, ethyl in one embodiment, halogen in one embodiment or F in one embodiment. Substituents acceptable in "optionally substituted oxazolyl" are C1-3 alkyl in one embodiment, methyl or isopropyl in one embodiment, methyl in one embodiment or isopropyl in one embodiment. "Halogen" means F, Cl, Br and I. The "halogen" is F, Cl or Br in one embodiment, F or Cl in one embodiment, F or Br in one embodiment, F in one embodiment, Cl in one embodiment or Br in one embodiment. "EUB" is a group capable of binding to a E3 ubiquitin ligase. "EUB" is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR in one embodiment. The "EUB" is a group capable of binding to cereblon, IAP, and MDM2 in one embodiment or a group capable of binding to cereblon in one embodiment. It can be understood by those skilled in the art by reference to, but not limited to, the following references. Current Research in Chemical Biology., 2022, 2, 100020 Front. Chem., 2021, 9, 707317 J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2021, 143, 5141 Signal Transduct. Target. Ther., 2020, 5, 129 Nat. Cham. Biol., 2019, 15(7), 737 Communications Biology., 2020, 3, 140 Sci. Rep., 2020, 10(1), 15543 ACS Cham. Biol., 2019, 14, 2430 Cell Chem. Biol., 2021, 28(4), 559 J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2022, 144, 701 ACS Cham. Biol., 2019, 14, 2822 "GDB" is a group capable of binding to the G12D mutant KRAS protein and is limited to example compounds described in the following references. WO 2021 / 041671 WO 2021 / 106231 WO 2021 / 107160 WO 2022 / 002102 WO 2022 / 105855 WO 2022 / 161443 WO 2022 / 171013 WO 2022 / 171147 WO 2022 / 184178 WO 2022 / 187528 WO 2022 / 194066 WO 2022 / 199586 WO 2022 / 246092 WO 2022 / 266069 "G12D Mutation" represents a mutation in which the amino acid residue corresponding to the codon 12 in a wildtype protein is converted from glycine to aspartic acid. "G12D Mutant KRAS" represents KRAS having the "G12D mutation". “Colorectal cancer” is a malignant tumor occurring in the large intestine, and “lung cancer” is a malignant tumor occurring in the lung. In an embodiment, colorectal cancer and lung cancer is a metastatic, locally advanced, recurrent, and / or refractory cancer. In an embodiment, colorectal cancer and lung cancer is a cancer of a patient who has been untreated or who has a medical history. In an embodiment, colorectal cancer is colon cancer or rectal cancer. In an embodiment, lung cancer is small cell lung cancer or non-small cell lung cancer. “G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer” is a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, and, for example, is a cancer in which KRAS G12D mutation occurs and a cancer which has a high positive rate for G12D mutant KRAS. In an embodiment, “G12D mutant KRAS- positive cancer” is G12D mutant KRAS-positive colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer. "ZN1" is the following one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (ZN1-1) to (ZN1-15) (*LGZrepresents a linking moiety to LGZor Linker; each RZ1', which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -S-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl) or -N-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2; n' is an integer of 0 to 2; RZ2', RZ3'and RZ4', which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl; and ring B1' is a benzene ring or a 6- membered hetero ring, where RZ1'and -*LGNform a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1'). ^ ^ZN1^4 ^ ^ ^ZN1^5 ^ ^ ^ZN1^6 ^
[0014] "ZN2" is the following one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (ZN2-1) to (ZN2-15) (*LGZrepresents a linking moiety to LGZor Linker; each RZ1’, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -S-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl) or -N-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2; n' is an integer of 0 to 2; RZ2'and RZ3', which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl; and ring B1' is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, where RZ1'and -*LGNform a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1').
[0015] "ZC" is the following one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Zc- 16) to (Zc-27) (in one embodiment, Zcis selected from ZC-16 to ZC-23) (*LGZrepresents a linking moiety to LGZor Linker, each RZ1’, which is the same as or different from each other, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -S-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl) or -N-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2; n' is an integer of 0 to 2; RZ2', RZ4'and RZ5'which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl; M' is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM')- or optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene; RM'is H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl; and ring B2' is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6- membered hetero ring, where Rz1'and -*LGCform a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1', and M', Rz1'and -*LGCform a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2'). Particular features of the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal and / or lung cancer in accordance with the invention, (or contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, or for use in the methods of treatment and / or in the manufacture of a medicament described herein) that may be mentioned are described below. (1-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which A is CRAor N, and RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl or cyano. (1-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which A is CH or N. (1-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which A is CH. (1-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which A is N. (2-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which Q is CRQor N, and RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or vinyl. (2-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which Q is CRQ, and RQis C3-6 cycloalkyl. (2-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which Q is CRQ, and RQis cyclopropyl. (3-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which E is CH or N. (3-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which E is CH. (4-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which R1is naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen, or R1is a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II), the formula (III) and the formula (IV) below, , and R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, vinyl or halogen. (4-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which R1is the formula (II) below, R1aand R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are C1-3 alkyl or halogen. (4-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which R1is the formula (II) below, R1ais halogen, and R1cis C1-3alkyl. (4-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which R1is the formula (II-2) below. (5-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, (VII)(VII-2)each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), and m is an integer of 0 to 2. (5-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of C3-6cycloalkyl, halogen and -OH, V2is the formula (V-2) or (VI-2) below, , and W is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (VII-3), (VII-4), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII) and (XIV) below.
[0016] (5-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3alkyl, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, , and W is the formula (XII) below. (5-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is -O- or -N(CH3)-, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, , and W is the formula (XII) below. (5-5) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is -O-, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, , and W is the formula (XII) below. (5-6) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of C3-6 cycloalkyl, halogen and -OH, V2is the formula (V-2) or (VI-2) below, (V-2)(VI-2), and W is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (VII-4), (XI) and (XII). (5-6-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3alkyl, V2is the formula (V-2) or (VI-2) below, , and W is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (VII-4), (XI) and (XII). (VII-4) (XI)(XII) (5-7) The compound or a salt thereof in which R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is -O- or -N(CH3)-, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, , mula (VII-4) or (XII) below. (6-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which R3is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl. (6-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O-(C1-6alkyl), -S-(C1-6alkyl), -N-(C1-6alkyl)2and heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl. (6-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O(C1-6 alkyl), oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl. (6-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which R3is C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with -OCH3or tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl. (6-5) The compound or a salt thereof in which R3is n-propyl optionally substituted with -OCH3 or tetrahydropyranyl. (7-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, and R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl. (7-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which X is -O- or -NR4X-, R4Xis C1-3alkyl. (7-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which X is -O-. (8-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, - (optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)- NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), and RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl. (8-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2or (C1-3alkylene)-O-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2). (8-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2). (8-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2). (9-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene. (9-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y2is phenylene or pyridinediyl. (9-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y2is phenylene optionally substituted with fluorine. (9-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y2is phenylene. (9-5) The compound or a salt thereof in which Y2is optionally substituted phenylene or pyridinediyl. (10-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is one group chemically linking Y2to EUB. (10-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1, L2, L3and L4, which are the same as or different from each other, are one group selected from the group consisting of a bond, C=O, -O-, -S-, -SO2-, -NRL-, acetylene-1,2-diyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered spiroheterocycloalkylene containing one or two nitrogen atoms, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkylene containing two nitrogen atoms and optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene, and RLis H or C1-6 alkyl. (10-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O- or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, and RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl. (10-3-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3 alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, and RL4is H or C1-3alkyl. (10-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5), (L-6) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5), (L-6) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2,
[0017] L' is -O-, -(C1-3 alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3 alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1- 3 alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3alkylene or -(C1-3alkylene)-O-, and RL2is H or C1-3alkyl. (10-5) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1- 3 alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3 alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O- or C1-3alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3alkyl, and RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl. (10-5-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1- 3 alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, and RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl. (10-6) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2, L' is -O-, -(C1-3alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1-3 alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3 alkylene or -(C1-3 alkylene)-O-, and RL2is H or C1-3alkyl. (10-7) The compound or a salt thereof in which Linker is the formula (L-5A) or (L-7A) below. (11-1) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. (11-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is a group capable of binding to cereblon. (11-3) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, (X V)G is CRGor N, RGis H or C1-6 alkyl, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) below, wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23),
[0018] each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2, n is an integer of 0 to 2 (in one embodiment, n is an integer of 0 or 2), RZ2, RZ3and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3alkylene, RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (11-3-2) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is a group capable of binding to cereblon, where the group capable of binding to cereblon is the formula (XV) below, (X V)G is CRGor N, RGis H or C1-6 alkyl, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) below, wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23),
[0019] each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl)2, n is an integer of 0 to 2, RZ2, RZ3and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene, RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (11-4) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, (X V)G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 4), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23),
[0020] RZ1is C1-6 alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or C1-6alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3 alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (11-5) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, (X V)G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z- 15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), RZ1is C1-3alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2is C1-3 alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3 alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (11-6) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, (X V) G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) below, and wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F).
[0021] (11-7) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, (X V)G is CH, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C) and (Z-15A), wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C) and (Z-15A) forms a bond with Linker.
[0022] (11-8) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 14B), (Z-15A), (Z-16A) and (Z-22A) below, wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-14B), (Z-15A), (Z-16A) and (Z-22A) forms a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is (Z-16A) or (Z-22A).
[0023] (11-9) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CRGor N, RGis H or C1-6alkyl, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27) below, wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27),
[0024] each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2, n is an integer of 0 to 2, RZ2, RZ3, RZ4and RZ5, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3alkylene, RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (11-10) The compound or a salt thereof in which EUB is the formula (XV) below, G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E), (Z-23F) and (Z-24A) below,
[0025] wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, and a benzene ring in the formula (Z-24A) forms a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-1A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E), (Z-23F) and (Z-24A). (12) The compound or a salt thereof which is a combination of two or more of the embodiments compatible with each other described in (1-1) to (11-10) above. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, the following combinations. (12-1) A compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, wherein in formula (I), A is CRAor N, RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl or cyano, Q is CRQor N, RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or vinyl, E is CH or N, R1is naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen, or R1is a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II), the formula (III) and the formula (IV) below, R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, vinyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, (V) (VI) W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2, R3is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl, X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1- 3 alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, Linker is one group chemically linking Y2to EUB, and EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. (12-2) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-1), wherein EUB is a group capable of binding to cereblon. (12-3) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-2), wherein EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CRGor N, RGis H or C1-6 alkyl, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) below, wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23), ^ ^Z ^4 ^^ ^Z ^5 ^^ ^Z ^6 ^
[0026] each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl)2, n is an integer of 0 to 2, RZ2, RZ3and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3alkylene, RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (12-4) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-3), wherein EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 4), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23),
[0027] RZ1is C1-6 alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or C1-6alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3 alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (12-5) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-4), wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ, RQis C3-6 cycloalkyl, E is CH, R1is the formula (II) below, R1aand R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are C1-3 alkyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of C3-6 cycloalkyl, halogen and -OH, V2is the formula (V-2) or (VI-2) below, (X) (XI)(XII) (XIII)(XIV)R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O-(C1-6alkyl), -S-(C1-6alkyl), -N-(C1-6alkyl)2and heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, X is -O- or - NR4X-, R4Xis C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2or (C1-3 alkylene)-O-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene or pyridinediyl, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1, L2, L3and L4, which are the same as or different from each other, are one group selected from the group consisting of a bond, C=O, -O-, -S-, -SO2-, -NRL-, acetylene-1,2-diyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered spiroheterocycloalkylene containing one or two nitrogen atoms, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkylene containing two nitrogen atoms and optionally substituted C1-6alkylene, and RLis H or C1-6 alkyl. (12-6) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-5), wherein R1is the formula (II) below, R1ais halogen, and R1cis C1-3alkyl, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O(C1-6 alkyl), oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3 alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O- or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, RL4is H or C1-3alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z- 15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23),
[0028] ^^Z ^20 ^^ ^Z ^22 ^^ ^Z ^23 ^RZ1is C1-3alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2is C1-3 alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (12-6-2) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-5), wherein R1is the formula (II) below, R1ais halogen, and R1cis C1-3alkyl, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O(C1-6 alkyl), oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z- 15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), ^^Z ^20 ^^ ^Z ^22 ^^ ^Z ^23 ^RZ1is C1-3alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2is C1-3 alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (12-7) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-6), wherein Q is CRQ, RQis cyclopropyl, R1is the formula (II-2) below, , CH3)-, a (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3is C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with -OCH3 or tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2, L' is -O-, -(C1-3 alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3 alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1-3alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3alkylene or -(C1-3alkylene)-O-, RL2is H or C1-3 alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) below, wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F). ^^Z ^16B ^^ ^Z ^ ^6C ^^ ^Z ^ ^6D ^
[0029] (12-8) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-3), (3-2), (4-4), (5-5), (6-5), (7-3), (8-4), (9-4), (10- 7) and (11-8) above. (12-9) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-3), (5-2), (6-3), (7-2), (8-2), (9-3), (10- 5), (11-4) above. (12-10) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-2), (5-6), (6-2), (7-2), (8-2), (9-2), (10- 2), (11-4) above. (12-11) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-1), (5-6), (6-2), (7-2), (8-2), (9-2), (10- 2), (11-4) above. (12-12) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-1), (5-6), (6-2), (7-2), (8-2), (9-2), (10- 2), (11-6) above. (12-13) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-3), (5-3), (6-3), (7-3), (8-4), (9-4), (10- 5), (11-5) above. (12-14) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-3), (5-3), (6-3), (7-3), (8-3), (9-4), (10- 5), (11-5) above. (12-15) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-3), (3-2), (4-4), (5-4), (6-4), (7-3), (8-4), (9-4), (10- 6), (11-6) above. (12-16) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-2), (3-2), (4-3), (5-3), (6-3), (7-3), (8-3), (9-4), (10- 3), (11-5) above. (12-17) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-2), (2-3), (3-2), (4-4), (5-4), (6-4), (7-3), (8-4), (9-4), (10- 4), (11-6) above. (12-18) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-3), (2-2), (3-2), (4-3), (5-3), (6-3), (7-3), (8-3), (9-4), (10- 5), (11-5) above. (12-19) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-4), (2-2), (3-2), (4-3), (5-3), (6-3), (7-3), (8-3), (9-4), (10- 5), (11-5) above. (12-20) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-3), (2-3), (3-2), (4-4), (5-4), (6-4), (7-3), (8-4), (9-4), (10- 6), (11-6) above. (12-21) The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof which is the combination of the embodiments of (1-4), (2-3), (3-2), (4-4), (5-4), (6-4), (7-3), (8-4), (9-4), (10- 6), (11-6) above. (12-22) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-7), wherein R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is -O-, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3is n-propyl optionally substituted with -OCH3or tetrahydropyranyl, Linker is the formula (L-5A) or (L-7A) below, (X V)G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 14B), (Z-15A), (Z-16A) and (Z-22A) below,
[0030] wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-14B), (Z-15A), (Z-16A) and (Z-22A) forms a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is (Z-16A) or (Z-22A). (12-23) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-2), wherein EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CRGor N, RGis H or C1-6 alkyl, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27) below, wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27),
[0031] each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2, n is an integer of 0 to 2, RZ2, RZ3, RZ4and RZ5, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene, RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (12-24) The compound or a salt thereof according to (12-23), wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ, RQis cyclopropyl, R1is the formula (II-2) below, , CH3)-, a (VI-2) below, W is the formula (VII-4) or (XII) below, R3is C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with -OCH3or tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2,
[0032] , L' is -O-, -(C1-3 alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3 alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1-3alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3alkylene or -(C1-3alkylene)-O-, RL2is H or C1-3 alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below, ( X V) G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E), (Z-23F) and (Z-24A) below,
[0033] ^^Z ^16B ^ ^ ^Z ^ ^6C ^^ ^Z ^ ^6D ^
[0034] wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, a benzene ring in the formula (Z-24A) forms a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-1A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E), (Z-23F) and (Z-24A). Examples of specific compounds of formula (I) that may be used in the various aspects of the invention include the following compounds: the compound or a salt thereof which is selected from the group consisting of 5-[(8-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7- (6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8- yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)methyl]-2-(2,6- dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-[5-({(3S)-4-[4-({[6-cyclopropyl-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2- [(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-4-{[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]oxy}quinolin-8- yl]oxy}methyl)benzoyl]-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl}methyl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione, 1-(6-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1- methyl-1H-indazol-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1-oxo- 1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione and 1-(7-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione. Further examples of specific compounds of formula (I) that may be used in the various aspects of the invention include the following compounds: the compound or a salt thereof which is selected from the group consisting of 5-[(8-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8- yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)methyl]-2-(2,6- dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-[5-({(3S)-4-[4-({[(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4- yl)-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-4-{[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]oxy}quinolin-8- yl]oxy}methyl)benzoyl]-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl}methyl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione, 1-(6-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1- methyl-1H-indazol-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1-oxo- 1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione and 1-(7-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione. Further examples of specific compounds of formula (I) that may be used in the various aspects of the invention include the following compounds: the compound or a salt thereof which is selected from the group consisting of 5-[(8-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8- yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)methyl]-2-(2,6- dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-[5-({(3S)-4-[4-({[(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4- yl)-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-4-{[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]oxy}quinolin-8- yl]oxy}methyl)benzoyl]-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl}methyl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione, 1-(6-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1- methyl-1H-indazol-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1-oxo- 1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione and 1-(7-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione. Further examples of specific compounds of formula (I) that may be used in the various aspects of the invention include the following compounds: the compound or a salt thereof which is selected from the group consisting of 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione n phosphate and 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione n phosphate. Further examples of specific compounds of formula (I) that may be used in the various aspects of the invention include the following compounds: the compound or a salt thereof which is selected from the group consisting of 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione n phosphate and 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione n phosphate. Further examples of specific compounds of formula (I) that may be used in the various aspects of the invention include the following compounds: the compound or a salt thereof which is selected from the group consisting of 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione n phosphate and 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione n phosphate. Particular features of the compound of the formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal and / or lung cancer in accordance with the invention, (or contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, or for use in the methods of treatment and / or in the manufacture of a medicament described herein)) that may be mentioned are described below. (21-1) The compound of formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, ( XX I ^) wherein in formula (XXI), A is CRAor N, RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl or cyano, Q is CRQor N, RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or vinyl, E is CH or N, R1is naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen, or R1is a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II), the formula (III) and the formula (IV) below, R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, vinyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, (V) (VI) W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2, R3Pis optionally substituted C1-6alkylene, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, R5is H, CONR6R7or a group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV) and (XXXV) below, R5aand R5b, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionally substituted oxazolyl, thiazolyl or pyrazinyl, R6and R7, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, or R6and R7form a 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring together with a nitrogen atom to which they are attached, wherein the 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, Linker is a group chemically linking R3Pto EUB, and EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. (21-2) The compound or a salt thereof according to (21-1), wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ, RQis C3-6 cycloalkyl, E is CH, R1is the formula (II) below, R1ais halogen, and R1cis C1-3alkyl, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3Pis C1-6 alkylene optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O(C1-6 alkyl), oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, oxetandiyl, tetrahydrofurandiyl or tetrahydropyrandiyl, R5is H or a group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV) and (XXXV),
[0035] R5aand R5b, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiazolyl or pyrazinyl, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(C1-3alkylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3 alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3alkyl, RL4is H or C1-3alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below (in one embodiment, the group of formula (XV) is a group capable of binding to cereblon), (X V)G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z- 15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), RZ1is C1-3 alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2is C1-3alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3 alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (21-3) The compound or a salt thereof according to (21-2), wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ, RQis cyclopropyl, E is CH, R1is the formula (II-2) below, , H3)-, a (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3Pis C1-6 alkylene optionally substituted with -O(C1-3 alkyl), R5is H, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5), (L-6) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5), (L-6) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2, L' is -O-, -(C1-3alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1-3 alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3 alkylene or -(C1-3 alkylene)-O-, RL2is H or C1-3alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below (in one embodiment, the group of formula XV is a group capable of binding to cereblon), (X V)G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) below, wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F). Particular features of the compound of the formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal and / or lung cancer in accordance with the invention, (or contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, or for use in the methods of treatment and / or in the manufacture of a medicament described herein)) that may be mentioned are described below. (22-1) The compound of formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, wherein in formula (XXII) A is CRAor N, RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl or cyano, Q is CRQor N, RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl or vinyl, E is CH or N, R1Pis naphthylene optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen or one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II-22A), the formula (II-22B), the formula (II-22C), the formula (III-22A), the formula (III-22B), the formula (III- 22C) and the formula (III-22D) below, R1a, R1band R1c, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, vinyl or halogen, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below, (V) (VI) W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms, each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2, R3is optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl, X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-, R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -SO2-(optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-SO2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene, R5is H, CONR6R7or a group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV) and (XXXV) below, R5aand R5b, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, optionally substituted oxazolyl, thiazolyl or pyrazinyl, R6and R7, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, or R6and R7form a 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring together with a nitrogen atom to which they are attached, wherein the 4-membered to 8-membered saturated heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, Linker is a group chemically linking R1Pto EUB, and EUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1, RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR. (22-2) The compound or a salt thereof according to (22-1), wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ, RQis C3-6 cycloalkyl, E is CH, R1Pis naphthylene optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen or one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II-22A), the formula (II-22B) R1ais halogen, and R1c is C1-3 alkyl, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3alkyl, V2is the formula (VI-2) below, W is the formula (XII) below, R3is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl, R5is H or a group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), (XXXII), (XXXIII), (XXXIV) and (XXXV),
[0036] ^XXXII ^^XXXIII ^ ^XXXIV ^^XXXV ^ R5aand R5b, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiazolyl or pyrazinyl, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(C1-3alkylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3 alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3alkyl, RL4is H or C1-3alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below (in one embodiment, the group of formula XV is a group capable of binding to cereblon), (X V)G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z- 15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), RZ1is C1-3 alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2is C1-3alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2. (22-3) The compound or a salt thereof according to (22-2), wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ, RQis cyclopropyl, E is CH, R1Pis naphthylene optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen or one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II-22A), the formula (II-22B) and the formula (II-22C) below, R3is C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with -OCH3or tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl R5is H, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5), (L-6) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5), (L-6) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2, L' is -O-, -(C1-3 alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3 alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1- 3 alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3 alkylene or -(C1-3 alkylene)-O-, RL2is H or C1-3alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below (in one embodiment the group of formula XV is capable of binding to cereblon), (X V)G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) below, wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F).
[0037] Particular features of the compound of the formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal and / or lung cancer in accordance with the invention, (or contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, or for use in the methods of treatment and / or in the manufacture of a medicament described herein)) that may be mentioned are described below. (23-1) The compound of formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, (XX I I I )wherein in formula (XXIII), GDB is a group capable of binding to a G12D mutant KRAS protein, -Linker-EUB is one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (LE-1) to the formula (LE-37).
[0038]
[0039]
[0040] (23-2) The compound or a salt thereof described in (23-1) in which GDB is a group capable of binding to a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and -Linker-EUB is one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (LE-5), the formula (LE-8), the formula (LE-10), the formula (LE-20) and (LE-23) below. (23-3) The compound or a salt thereof described in (23-2) in which GDB is a group capable of binding to a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and -Linker-EUB is the formula (LE 10) below
[0041] (23-4) The compound of formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, (XX I I I )wherein in formula (XXIII), GDB is a group capable of binding to a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and -Linker-EUB is one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (LE-1) to the formula (LE-40).
[0042]
[0043]
[0044]
[0045]
[0046] (23-5) The compound or a salt thereof described in (23-4) in which GDB is a group capable of binding to a G12D mutant KRAS protein, and -Linker-EUB is one group selected from the group consisting of the formula (LE-5), the formula (LE-8), the formula (LE-10), the formula (LE-15) and (LE-23) below.
[0047] The compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) may have tautomers or geometrical isomers depending on the type of the substituent. In this specification, the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) is sometimes described only as one of isomers, but the present invention includes isomers other than the above one and includes separated isomers or mixtures thereof. In addition, the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) may have an asymmetric carbon atom or an axial chirality and may have diastereomers based on them. The present invention includes separated diastereomers of the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) or mixtures thereof. Furthermore, the present invention also includes a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of the compound represented by the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII). The pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug is a compound having a group which can be converted to an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group or the like by solvolysis or under physiological conditions. Examples of a prodrug-forming group include groups described in Prog. Med., 5, p.2157-2161 (1985) or "Pharmaceutical Research and Development" (Hirokawa Publishing Company, 1990), Vol. 7, Molecular Design, p.163-198. In addition, the salt of the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of the formula (I) and may be an acid addition salt or a salt formed with a base depending on the type of the substituent. Examples thereof include salts shown in P. Heinrich Stahl, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts Properties, Selection, and Use, Wiley-VCH, 2008. Specific examples include an acid addition salt with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid or phosphoric acid, or with an organic acid, such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, mandelic acid, tartaric acid, dibenzoiltartaric acid, ditoluoyltartaric acid, citric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, aspartic acid or glutamic acid, a salt with an inorganic metal, such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium or aluminum, a salt with an organic base, such as methylamine, ethylamine or ethanolamine, a salt with various amino acids and amino acid derivatives, such as acetylleucine, lysine or ornithine, an ammonium salt and the like. Furthermore, the present invention also includes various hydrates, solvates and crystal polymorphism substances of the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) and a salt thereof. The present invention also includes all the compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII)or salts thereof which are labeled with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable radioactive or non-radioactive isotopes. Examples of suitable isotopes used for isotopic labeling of the compound of the present invention include isotopes of hydrogen (2H,3H and the like), carbon (11C,13C,14C and the like), nitrogen (13N,15N and the like), oxygen (15O,17O,18O and the like), fluorine (18F and the like), chlorine (36Cl and the like), iodine (123I,125I and the like) and sulfur (35S and the like). The Isotope-labeled compound of the invention of the present application can be used for research and the like such as research on tissue distribution of drugs and / or substrates. For example, radioactive isotopes such as tritium (3H) and carbon 14 (14C) can be used for this purpose due to the easiness of labeling and the convenience of detection. Substitution by a heavier isotope, for example, substitution of hydrogen by deuterium (2H), is therapeutically advantageous through the improvement of metabolic stability in some cases (for example, increase in the in vivo half-life, decrease in the required dose or decrease in the interaction between drugs). Substitution by a positron-emitting isotope (11C,18F,15O,13N or the like) can be used in a positron emission tomography (PET) test for testing occupancy of a substrate receptor. The Isotope-labeled compound of the present invention can be generally produced by a conventional method known to a person skilled in the art or by the same production methods as in the Examples or the Production Examples and the like using suitable reagents which are labeled with an isotope in place of unlabeled reagents. For the avoidance of doubt, all particular features of compounds of formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) and (XXIII) defined herein apply to all aspects of the invention. Thus, the particular features of a compound of formula (I) defined in (1-1) to (12), including all combinations thereof, and particularly the combinations defined in (12-1) to (12-24), all features of a compound of formula (XXI) defined in (21-1) to (21-3), all features of a compound of formula (XXII) defined in (22-1) to (22-3) and all features of a compound of formula (XXIII) defined in (23-1) to (23-5) apply to all aspects of the invention. Accordingly, particular embodiments of the invention that may be mentioned, are listed below. A compound of formula (I), or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24). A compound of formula (XXI), or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3). A compound of formula (XXII), or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3). A compound of formula (XXIII), or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23-5). A pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24). A pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of the formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3). A pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of the formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3). A pharmaceutical composition, in particular, a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, and more particularly, a pharmaceutical composition for treating a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, comprising the compound of the formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, wherein the compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23-5). The use of the compound of the formula (I), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12- 24). The use of the compound of the formula (XXI), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21- 3). The use of the compound of the formula (XXII), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22- 3). The use of the compound of the formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, as defined herein, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23- 5). The use of the compound of the formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS- positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24). The use of the compound of the formula (XXI), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS- positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3). The use of the compound of the formula (XXII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS- positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3). The use of the compound of the formula (XXIII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS- positive cancer, wherein the compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23-5). A method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof, , wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24). A method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of the formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof, , wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3). A method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of the formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof, , wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3). A method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer, the method including administering an effective amount of the compound of the formula (XXIII) or a salt thereof, as defined herein, to a subject in need thereof, , wherein the compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23-5). In further aspects, there is provided a compound of formula (I), or salt thereof as defined herein, for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24); a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, that is a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24); the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24); and a pharmaceutical composition comprising a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor containing the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (1-1) to (12) or (12-1) to (12-24). In further aspects, there is provided a compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof as defined herein, for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3); a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (XXI), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, that is a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3); the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (XXI) or a salt thereof for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3); and a pharmaceutical composition comprising a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor containing the compound of the formula (XXI) or a salt thereof, wherein the compound of formula (XXI), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (21-1) to (21-3). In further aspects, there is provided a compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof as defined herein, for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3); a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (XXII), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, that is a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3); the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (XXII) or a salt thereof for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3); and a pharmaceutical composition comprising a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor containing the compound of the formula (XXII) or a salt thereof, wherein the compound of formula (XXII), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (22-1) to (22-3). In further aspects, there is provided a compound of formula (XXIII), or salt thereof as defined herein, for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23-5); a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined herein, that is a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23- 1) to (23-5); the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof for use as a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23-5); and a pharmaceutical composition comprising a G12D mutant KRAS protein degradation inducer and / or a G12D mutant KRAS inhibitor containing the compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, wherein the compound of formula (I), or salt thereof, is as defined in any one of (23-1) to (23- 5). Preparation of the compounds of the Invention The compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) and a salt thereof can be produced by applying various known synthetic methods using characteristics based on the basic structure or the type of substituent thereof. Here, depending on the type of functional group, it is sometimes effective as a production technique to substitute the functional group with an appropriate protective group (a group that can be easily converted to the functional group) in the process from a raw material to an intermediate. Examples of the protective group include protective groups described in P. G. M. Wuts and T. W. Greene, "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2014 and the like, and a group appropriately selected from the protective groups is used depending on the reaction conditions. In such a method, a reaction is carried out with the protective group introduced, and then the protective group is removed, as required, whereby a desired compound can be obtained. In addition, the prodrug of the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) can be produced in the same manner as the above protecting group by introducing a specific group in the process from a raw material to an intermediate or by further performing a reaction using the resulting compound of formula (I), formula (XXI), formula (XXII) or formula (XXIII). The reaction can be performed by applying a method known to a person skilled in the art, such as common esterification, amidation and dehydration. Typical methods for producing the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) will be described below. The production methods can also be carried out with reference to a reference attached to the description. Note that the production method of the present invention is not limited to the examples described below. In this specification, the following abbreviations are sometimes used. DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide, DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide, THF: tetrahydrofuran, MeCN: acetonitrile, MeOH: methanol, EtOH: ethanol, iPrOH: isopropyl alcohol, tBuOH: tert-butyl alcohol, DOX: 1,4-dioxane, DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide, TEA: triethylamine, DIPEA: N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tBuOK: potassium tert-butoxide, PdCl2(dppf)^CH2Cl2: [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride^dichloromethane adduct, Pd / C: palladium on carbon, PyBOP: (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, iPr2O: diisopropyl ether, HATU: 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate, DABCO: 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, TfOH: trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, COMU: N-[({[(1Z)-1-cyano-2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylidene]amino}oxy)(morpholin-4- yl)methylene]-N-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate, NMM: N-methylmorpholine, CDI: 1,1'carbodiimidazole, NMO: N-methylmorpholine N-oxide, LHMDS: lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, NHMDS: (sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, DMEDA: N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine, Triton B: benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, Xantphos: 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene, Ruphos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxybiphenyl, Xphos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl, BINAP: 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl. First Production Method This production method is a first method for producing a compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof. In the formula, PG1-R11is a group in which PG1, which is a protective group, is bonded to NH or OH contained in R1, and PG2-R21is a group in which PG2, which is a protecting group, is bonded to NH or OH contained in R2. The same shall apply hereinafter. The compound of the formula (I) can be obtained by subjecting a compound (1) to deprotection reaction conditions under acidic conditions. Here, examples of the protective group which can be removed under acidic conditions include a tert- butoxycarbonyl group, a triphenylmethyl group, a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl group, a methoxymethyl group, a dimethylmethanediyl group, a tert-butylsulfinyl group and the like. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (1) using a deprotection reagent in an equivalent amount or an excess equivalent amount to the compound (1) in a solvent inactive for the reaction under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the deprotection reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, acids such as hydrogen chloride (DOX solution), trifluoroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid and a mixture thereof. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an alcohol, such as MeOH or EtOH, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloromethane or chloroform, an ether, such as diethyl ether, THF, DOX or dimethoxyethane, DMF, DMSO, MeCN, TfOH or water and a mixture thereof. By selecting a protective group, deprotection can also be performed by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction or under basic conditions. Examples of the protective group which can be removed by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction include a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a benzyloxycarbonyl group and the like. Moreover, deprotection can also be performed with a fluoride ion source such as tetra-n- butylammonium fluoride. Examples of the protective group include a tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl group, a (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl group and the like. Examples of the protective group which can be removed under basic conditions include an acetyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a benzoyl group and the like. Moreover, the deprotection can also be performed in stages by selecting protective groups which can be removed under different deprotection conditions as PG1and PG2. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. Wuts (P. G. M. Wuts) and Greene (T. W. Greene), "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, (5th edition, 2014)". Note that, when the compound (1) as a raw material has an axial chirality, a stereoisomer which is obtained by once separating the compound (1) may be used for this reaction. Second Production Method This production method is a second method for producing a salt of the compound of the formula (I). The compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof can be obtained by subjecting the compound (1) to deprotection reaction conditions under acidic conditions, followed by isolation as a free form through treatment under basic conditions, then subjecting the compound to salt-forming reaction conditions. Here, examples of the protective group which can be removed under acidic conditions include a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a triphenylmethyl group, a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl group, a methoxymethyl group, a dimethylmethanediyl group, a tert-butylsulfinyl group and the like. In this reaction, the compound (1) and a deprotection reagent in an equivalent amount or an excess equivalent amount to the compound (1) are stirred in a solvent inactive for the reaction under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days, treated with a basic aqueous solution, and then isolated as a free form. Thereafter, the reaction is performed by stirring the compound (1) using an acid reagent in an equivalent amount or an excess equivalent amount to the compound (1) in a solvent inactive for the reaction under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the deprotection reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, acids such as hydrogen chloride (DOX solution), trifluoroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid and a mixture thereof. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an alcohol, such as MeOH or EtOH, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or chloroform, an ether, such as diethyl ether, THF, DOX or dimethoxyethane, DMF, DMSO, MeCN, TfOH or water and a mixture thereof. Examples of the acid reagent used here include acids such as hydrogen chloride (DOX solution), phosphoric acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid. Examples of the basic aqueous solution used here include, but are not particularly limited to, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and the like. By selecting a protective group, deprotection can also be performed by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction or under basic conditions. Examples of the protective group which can be removed by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction include a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a benzyloxycarbonyl group and the like. Moreover, deprotection can also be performed with a fluoride ion source such as tetra-n- butylammonium fluoride. Examples of the protective group include a tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl group, a (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl group and the like. Examples of the protective group which can be removed under basic conditions include an acetyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a benzoyl group and the like. Moreover, the deprotection can also be performed in stages by selecting protective groups which can be removed under different deprotection conditions as PG1 and PG2. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. Wuts (P. G. M. Wuts) and Greene (T. W. Greene), "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, (5th edition, 2014)". Note that, when the compound (1) as a raw material has an axial chirality, a stereoisomer which is obtained by once separating the compound (1) may be used for this reaction. Raw Material Production Method 1 The production method is a method for producing a compound (1)-1 included in the compound (1), which is a raw material of the first production method and the second production method. In the formulae, L2Arepresents piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, and RLGrepresents a C1-12 alkyl group. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (3) by subjecting the compound (2) to hydrolysis conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (2) and a hydrolysis reagent in an equivalent amount or an excess equivalent amount to the compound (2) in a solvent inactive for the reaction under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the hydrolysis reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, an aqueous lithium hydroxide solution, trimethyltin hydroxide and the like. Examples of the solvent include, but are not particularly limited to, an alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol or n-propanol, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether or 1,4-dioxane, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or chloroform, acetonitrile, water and a mixture thereof. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (1)-1 by subjecting the compound (3) and the compound (4) to condensation reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by adding a condensing agent and a base to a mixture of the compound (3) and the compound (4) in an equivalent amount or with one compound thereof in an excess equivalent amount and stirring the mixture in a solvent inactive for the reaction at room temperature, generally for 1 hour to 1 day. Examples of the condensing agent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, HATU, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide or the hydrochloride thereof, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole, COMU, PyBOP and the like. Examples of the base include, but are not particularly limited to, an organic base, such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine or pyridine, and an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate and cesium carbonate. Examples of the solvent include, but are not particularly limited to, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or chloroform, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether or 1,4-dioxane, an alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol or n-propanol, N,N-dimethylformamide and a mixture thereof. Raw Material Production Method 2 The production method is a method for producing a compound (2)-1 included in the compound (2), which is a raw material of Raw Material Production Method 1.
[0048] In the formulae, PG3represents a protective group of OH, LG1represents a leaving group, and BLG represents a boronic acid group, a boronic acid group protected with a protective group of boronic acid such as a boronic acid pinacol ester group or a trifluoroboric acid salt group (hereinafter sometimes described as a boronic acid group or the like). Examples of the leaving group shown here include Cl, Br, a methanesulfonyloxy group, p-toluenesulfonyloxy group and the like. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (7) by an ipso substitution reaction of a compound (5)-1 and a compound (6)-1. In this reaction, the compound (5)-1 and the compound (6)-1 are used in an equivalent amount or with one compound thereof in an excess equivalent amount, and the mixture of the compounds is stirred in a solvent inactive for the reaction or with no solvent, from under cooling to under reflux with heat, preferably at 0qC to 120qC, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2- dichloroethane or chloroform, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, an ether, such as diethyl ether, THF, dehydrated THF, DOX or 1,2- dimethoxyethane, DMF, DMAc, DMSO, ethyl acetate, MeCN, NMP and a mixture thereof. Performing the reaction in the presence of an organic base, such as TEA, DIPEA, NMM, DABCO or tBuOK, or an inorganic base, such as sodium hydride, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate or cesium carbonate, is sometimes advantageous for smoothly promoting the reaction. Moreover, the compound (7) can be produced by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction of the compound obtained by a Mizoroki-Heck reaction of the compound (5)-1 and the compound (6)-1. Reference Chem. Rev., 2003, 103, p.2945-2964 Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (9) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (7) and a compound (8). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Moreover, the compound (9) can be produced by the Negishi coupling of a compound in which a hydrogen atom of the compound (8) is converted to halogen and the compound (7). Reference ACC. Chem. Res., 1982, 15, p.340-348 Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (10)-1 by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (9) and PG3-OH. Examples of the PG3-OH used here include benzyl alcohol, p-methoxybenzyl alcohol and 1-phenylethanol. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Fourth step This step is a method for producing a compound (11) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (10) including both of the compound (10)-1 obtained in the third step of this synthesis method and the compound (10)-2 obtained in (Third Step of Raw Material Production Method 9) described below and a boronic acid derivative composed of a RQ-boronic acid group or the like. Examples of the boronic acid group or the like used here include, but are not particularly limited to, a boronic acid group, a boronic acid ester group, a boronic acid pinacol ester group, a triol borate salt group and a trifluoroboric acid salt group. In this reaction, the compound (10) and the boronic acid derivative composed of the RQ-boronic acid group or the like are used in an equivalent amount or with one compound thereof in an excess equivalent amount, and the mixture of the compounds is stirred in a solvent inactive for the reaction, in the presence of a base and a palladium catalyst, from at room temperature to under reflux with heat, preferably at 20qC to 140qC, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or chloroform, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, an ether, such as diethyl ether, THF, DOX or 1,2- dimethoxyethane, an alcohol, such as MeOH, EtOH, isopropyl alcohol, butanol or amyl alcohol, DMF, DMSO, MeCN, 1,3-dimethylimidazolidin-2-one, water and a mixture thereof. Examples of the base include inorganic bases, such as tripotassium phosphate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, barium hydroxide and cesium carbonate. Examples of the palladium catalyst include tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride, [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride^dichloromethane additive, (1E,4E)-1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3- one / palladium (3:2), (2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxy-1,1'-biphenyl)[2- (2'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl)]palladium(II) methanesulfonate, palladium(II) acetate, mesyl[(tri-t-butylphosphine)-2-(2-aminobiphenyl)]palladium(II) and the like. Performing the reaction in the presence of a ligand, such as dicyclohexyl(2',6'- dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine, dicyclohexyl(2',6'-diisopropoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2- yl)phosphine, 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene, butyldi-1-adamantylphosphine or di(adamantan-1-yl)(butyl)phosphine is sometimes advantageous for smoothly promoting the reaction. Alternatively, a pre-catalyst of (2-dicyclohexylphosphino- 2',6'-diisopropoxy-1,1'-biphenyl)[2-(2'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl)]palladium(II) may be used as a palladium catalyst for this reaction. In addition, heating the mixture by microwave irradiation is sometimes advantageous for smoothly promoting the reaction. Reference J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, p.4685-4696 Org. Lett. 2011, 13, p.3948-3951 Org. Lett. 2012, 14, p.1278-1281 The compound (11) (where RQis hydrogen) can be produced by a deiodization reaction of the compound (10) with a Pd catalyst and a reducing agent. Reference J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, p.3491-3494 Tetrahedron Letters 2013, 54, 5207-5210 Fifth step This step is a method for producing a compound (13) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (11) and a compound (12). The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (13) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (13) in which PG1is a protective group or a compound obtained by subjecting the compound (13) to a deprotection reaction (for example, compound (14)) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. Sixth step This step is a method for producing a compound (14) by deprotection by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction of the compound (13). This reaction can be performed by stirring the compound (13) under hydrogen atmosphere, from under normal pressure to under increased pressure, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, such as MeOH, EtOH or ethyl acetate, in the presence of a metal catalyst, from under cooling to under heating, preferably at room temperature, for 1 hour to 5 days. As the metal catalyst, a palladium catalyst, such as Pd / C or palladium black, a platinum catalyst, such as a platinum plate or platinum oxide, a nickel catalyst, such as reduced nickel or Raney nickel, or the like is used. When a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl group or the like is used as a protective group of PG1, a base may be used to suppress the deprotection thereof. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly limited to, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and the like. The compound (14) sometimes has an axial chirality and is obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (14) in which PG1is a protective group or a compound obtained by subjecting the compound (14) to a deprotection reaction to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. The Chemical Society of Japan, "Jikken Kagaku Koza (Courses in Experimental Chemistry)" (5th edition), Vol. 13, Maruzen, 2004 Seventh step This step is a method for producing the compound (2)-1 by a reaction of the compound (14) and a compound (15). This reaction is performed by reacting a mixture of the compound (14) and the compound (15) in an equivalent amount or with one compound thereof in an excess equivalent amount in the presence of a base, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under cooling to under reflux with heat, preferably at 0qC to 80qC, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. The solvent used here is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, an alcohol, such as MeOH or EtOH, an ether, such as diethyl ether, THF, DOX or 1,2- dimethoxyethane, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, 1,2- dichloroethane or chloroform, DMF, DMSO, ethyl acetate, MeCN and a mixture thereof. Examples of the base include, but are not particularly limited to, an organic base, for example, such as TEA, DIPEA, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, n-butyllithium or tBuOK, and an inorganic base, such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate or sodium hydride. Performing the reaction in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst, such as tetra-n-butylammonium chloride, is sometimes advantageous. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. The Chemical Society of Japan, "Jikken Kagaku Koza (Courses in Experimental Chemistry)", 5th edition, Vol. 14, Maruzen, 2005 The compound (2)-1 sometimes has an axial chirality and is obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (2)- 1 in which PG1is a protective group or a compound obtained by subjecting the compound (2)-1 to a deprotection reaction to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The compound (15) in which LG1is a sulfonyloxy group can be produced by sulfonylation of a compound in which the moiety corresponding to LG1is a hydroxy group in the presence of a base. Examples of the sulfonylating reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, for example, methanesulfonylchloride, p- toluenesulfonylchloride, methanesulfonic anhydride and the like. Examples of the base include, but are not particularly limited to, for example, TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, tetramethylethylenediamine and the like. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. Synthesis 1999, 9, p.1633-1636 Raw Material Production Method 3 The production method is the second method for producing a compound (2)-1 included in the compound (2), which is a raw material of Raw Material Production Method 1.
[0049] In the formulae, q represents 1 or 2. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (16) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (7) and RLG-SH. Examples of the RLG-SH used here include C1-12alkylthiols, for example, ethanethiol and dodecanethiol. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (17)-1 by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (16) and PG3-OH. Examples of the PG3-OH used here include benzyl alcohol, p-methoxybenzyl alcohol and 1-phenylethanol. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (18) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (17) including both of the compound (17)-1 obtained in the second step of this synthesis method and the compound (17)-2 obtained in (Fourth Step of Raw Material Production Method 8) described below and a boronic acid derivative composed of a RQ-boronic acid group or the like. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (18) (where RQis hydrogen) can be produced by a deiodization reaction of the compound (17) with a Pd catalyst and a reducing agent. Reference J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, p.3491-3494 Tetrahedron Letters 2013, 54, 5207-5210 Fourth step This step is a method for producing a compound (19) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (18) and the compound (12). The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (19) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (19) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The stereoisomer of the compound (19) can also be isolated by deprotecting the compound (19), isolating the stereoisomer, and then protecting it again with a protective group. Examples of the protective group in the case of reprotection include a tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl group and the like. Fifth step This step is a method for producing a compound (20) by an oxidation reaction of the compound (19). In this reaction, the compound (19) is treated with an oxidant in an equivalent amount or in an excess equivalent amount in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under cooling to under heating, preferably at -20qC to 80qC, generally for 0.1 hours to 3 days. In this reaction, oxidation with m-chloroperbenzoic acid, perbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, sodium hypochlorite or hydrogen peroxide is suitably used. Examples of the solvent include an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene or toluene, an ether, such as THF, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as chloroform or dichloromethane, DMF, DMSO, ethyl acetate, MeCN and a mixture thereof. Other examples of the oxidant include cumene hydroperoxide, Oxone, active manganese dioxide, chromic acid, potassium permanganate, sodium periodate and the like. Reference The Chemical Society of Japan, "Jikken Kagaku Koza (Courses in Experimental Chemistry)", 5th edition, Vol. 17, Maruzen, 2004 Sixth step This step is a method for producing the compound (13) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (20) and a compound (8). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. When the compound (13) has an axial chirality, the compound (13) is obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. Seventh step This step is a method for producing a compound (14) by deprotection by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction of the compound (13). The reaction conditions are the same as in the sixth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (14) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (14) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. Eighth step This step is a method for producing a compound (2)-1 by a reaction of the compound (14) and a compound (15). The reaction conditions are the same as in the seventh step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (2)-1 sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (2)-1 to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The stereoisomer of the compound (2)-1 can also be isolated by deprotecting the compound (2)-1, isolating the stereoisomer, and then protecting it again with a protective group. Examples of the protective group in the case of reprotection include a tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl group and the like. Raw Material Production Method 4 The production method is the third method for producing a compound (2)-1 included in the compound (2), which is a raw material of Raw Material Production Method 1.
[0050] First step This step is a method for producing a compound (21) by deprotection by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction of the compound (20). The reaction conditions are the same as in the sixth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (21) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (21) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (22) by an alkylation reaction of the compound (21) and the compound (15). The reaction conditions are the same as in the seventh step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (22) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (22) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The stereoisomer of the compound (22) can also be isolated by deprotecting the compound (22), isolating the stereoisomer, and then protecting it again with a protective group. Examples of the protective group in the case of reprotection include a tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl group and the like. Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (2)-1 by an ipso substitution reaction of a compound (22) and a compound (8). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (2)-1 sometimes has an axial chirality and is obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (2)- 1 or a compound obtained by subjecting the compound (2)-1 to a deprotection reaction to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The reaction conditions for the deprotection reaction used here are the same as in the step described in the Production Method 1. Raw Material Production Method 5 The production method is a method for producing a compound (2)-2 included in the compound (2), which is a raw material of Raw Material Production Method 1.
[0051] In the formulae, PG22represents a tert-butyl group. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (23) by hydrolysis of the compound (5)-1. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (5)-1 and a hydrolysis reagent in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in a solvent inactive for the reaction under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an alcohol, such as methanol or ethanol, acetone, DMF, THF and the like. In addition, a mixed solvent of the above solvent and water is sometimes suitable for the reaction. Examples of the hydrolysis reagent include, but are not particularly limited to, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide and the like. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. The Chemical Society of Japan, "Jikken Kagaku Koza (Courses in Experimental Chemistry) (5th edition)", Vol. 16 (2005) (Maruzen) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2005, 44, p.1378-1382. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (24) by protection of a hydroxy group of the compound (23) with the tert-butyl group. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (23) and a tert-butyl protection reagent in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in a solvent inactive for the reaction under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether, such as THF or DOX, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, tBuOH, DMF and the like. Examples of the tert-butyl protection reagent include, but are not particularly limited to, isobutene, 2-tert-butyl-1,3- diisopropylisourea and the like. Moreover, the compound (24) can be produced by a dehydration condensation reaction of the compound (23) and tBuOH. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. P. G. M. Wuts and T. W. Greene, "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2014 Org. Lett., 2012, 14, 17, p.4678-4681 Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (25) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (24) and RLG-SH. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Fourth step This step is a method for producing a compound (26) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (25) and PG3-OH. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Fifth step This step is a method for producing a compound (27) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (26) and a boronic acid derivative composed of a RQ-boronic acid group or the like. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (27) (where RQis hydrogen) can be produced by a deiodization reaction of the compound (26) with a Pd catalyst and a reducing agent. References J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, p.3491-3494 Tetrahedron Letters 2013, 54, 5207-5210 Sixth step This step is a method for producing a compound (28) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (27) and a compound (12). The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (28) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (28) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The stereoisomer of the compound (28) can also be isolated by deprotecting the compound (28), isolating the stereoisomer, and then protecting it again with a protective group. Examples of the protective group in the case of reprotection include a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl group and the like. Seventh step This step is a method for producing a compound (29) by an oxidation reaction of the compound (28). The reaction conditions are the same as in the fifth step of the Raw Material Production Method 3. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. P. G. M. Wuts and T. W. Greene, "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2014 Eighth step This step is a method for producing a compound (30) by an ipso substitution reaction of a compound (29) and a compound (8). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Ninth step This step is a method for producing a compound (31) by deprotection by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction of the compound (30). The reaction conditions are the same as in the sixth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (31) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (31) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. Tenth step This step is a method for producing a compound (32) by an alkylation reaction of the compound (31) and the compound (15). The reaction conditions are the same as in the seventh step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (32) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (32) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The stereoisomer of the compound (32) can also be isolated by deprotecting the compound (32), isolating the stereoisomer, and then protecting it again with a protective group. Eleventh step This step is a method for producing a compound (33) by subjecting the compound (32) to a deprotection reaction. The reaction conditions are the same as in the step described in the first production method. The compound (33) can be protected with a protective group again after deprotection. Examples of the protective group in the case of reprotection include a tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl group and the like. Further, a series of the above deprotection and protection with a protective group again may be carried out as a one step reaction. Twelfth step This step is a method for producing a compound (2)-2 by a reaction of the compound (33) and a compound (6)-1. In this reaction, the compound (33) and the compound (6)-1 are used in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount, and the mixture of the compounds is stirred in the presence of a condensing agent, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under cooling to under heating, preferably at -20qC to 60qC, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent include an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, or toluene, an ether, such as THF or DOX, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as chloroform or dichloromethane, an alcohol, such as methanol or ethanol, DMF, DMSO, ethyl acetate, MeCN and a mixture thereof. Examples of the condensing agent include PyBOP, HATU, CDI and the like. Performing the reaction in the presence of an organic base, such as TEA, DIPEA or NMM, or an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate or cesium carbonate, is sometimes advantageous for smoothly promoting the reaction. Raw Material Production Method 6 The production method is a method for producing a compound (13)-1 included in the compound (13), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 2.
[0052] First step This step is a method for producing a compound (34) by subjecting the compound (30) to a deprotection reaction. The reaction conditions are the same as in the step described in the first production method. The compound (34) can be protected with a protective group again after deprotection. Examples of the protective group in the case of reprotection include a tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl group and the like. Further, a series of the above deprotection and protection with a protective group again may be carried out as a one step reaction. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (13)-1 by a reaction of the compound (34) and the compound (6)-1. The reaction conditions are the same as in the twelfth step of the Raw Material Production Method 5. Raw Material Production Method 7 This production method is a method for producing the compound (30), which is a raw material of Raw Material Compound Method 6. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (37) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (24) and the compound (8). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (38) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (37) and PG3-OH. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (39) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (38) and a boronic acid derivative composed of a RQ-boronic acid group or the like. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (39) (where RQis hydrogen) can be produced by a dehydrogenation reaction of the compound (38) with a Pd catalyst and a reducing agent. References J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, p.3491-3494 Tetrahedron Letters 2013, 54, 5207-5210 Fourth step This step is a method for producing the compound (30) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (39) and the compound (15). The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (30) sometimes has an axial chirality and may be obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by subjecting the compound (30) to separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The stereoisomer of the compound (30) can also be isolated by deprotecting the compound (30), isolating the stereoisomer, and then protecting it again with a protective group. Raw Material Production Method 8 The production method is a method for producing a compound (17)-2 included in the compound (17), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 3.
[0053] First step This step is a method for producing a compound (5)-2 by a chlorination reaction of the compound (40). This reaction is performed by stirring a mixture of the compound (40) and a chlorinating agent in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in a solvent inactive for the reaction or with no solvent, from under cooling to under reflux with heat, preferably at 60qC to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as toluene, an ether, such as THF or DOX, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, DMF, DMAc and the like. Examples of the chlorinating agent include phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride the like. Performing the reaction in the presence of an organic base, such as TEA, DIPEA or NMM, is sometimes advantageous for smoothly promoting the reaction. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (41) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (5)-2 and RLG-SH The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (42) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (41) and PG3-OH. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Fourth step This step is a method for producing the compound (17)-2 by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (42) and the compound (6)-1. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Raw Material Production Method 9 This production method is a method for producing a compound (10)-2. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (43) by an ipso substitution reaction of a compound (5)-2 and a compound (8). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Moreover, the compound (43) can be produced by the Negishi coupling of a compound in which a hydrogen atom of the compound (8) is converted to halogen and the compound (5)-2. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (44) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (43) and PG3-OH. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Third step This step is a method for producing the compound (10)-2 by an ipso substitution reaction of a compound (44) and the compound (6)-1. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Raw Material Production Method 10 The production method is a method for producing a compound (4)-1 included in the compound (4), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 1.
[0054] In the formula, L2Brepresents piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, PGE3and PGL2represent a protective group of NH, LGZrepresents a leaving group, and BLG represents a boronic acid group, a boronic acid group protected with a protective group of boronic acid such as a boronic acid pinacol ester group or a trifluoroboric acid salt group (hereinafter sometimes described as a boronic acid group or the like). The compound (4)-1 can also be produced by a similar reaction of a compound in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (45) is H. Examples of the leaving group shown here include Cl, Br, a methanesulfonyloxy group, p-toluenesulfonyloxy group and the like. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (47) by subjecting the compound (45) and the compound (46) to Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step-1A This step is a step of producing a 1,2-diol compound by subjecting a compound of the compound (47) to oxidation reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound of the compound (47), an oxidant and a re-oxidant in an excess equivalent amount in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under ice-bath cooling to room temperature, generally for 1 hour to 2 days. Examples of the oxidant used here include, but are not particularly limited to, osmium(VIII) tetroxide, PI osmium(VIII) oxide, PEM-polystyrene microencapsulated osmium(VIII) oxide and the like. Examples of the re-oxidant used here include, but are not particularly limited to, NMO, trimethylamine oxide, tBuOOH, K3Fe(CN)6and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether or 1,4-dioxane, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or chloroform, tBuOH, acetone, acetonitrile, toluene, water and a mixture thereof. Second step-1B This step is a step of producing the compound (48) by subjecting the compound obtained in the (second step-1A) above to oxidative cleavage reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound obtained in the (second step-1A) and an oxidant in an equivalent amount or an excess equivalent amount to the compound in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under ice-bath cooling to room temperature, generally for 1 hour to 2 days. Examples of the oxidant used here include, but are not particularly limited to, sodium periodate, periodic acid and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether- based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether or 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, water, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or chloroform, and a mixture thereof. Alternatively, the (second step-1A) and (second step-1B) above can also be carried out as one-step reactions. Reference J. Org. Chem. 1956, 21, 4, 478-479 Second step-2 This step is a step of producing the compound (48) by subjecting a compound of the compound (47) to oxidation reaction conditions. This step is a method to obtain the compound (48), which is different from the second step-1A and the second step-1B. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound of the compound (47) in a solvent inactive for the reaction from under ice-bath cooling to room temperature under an ozone atmosphere, generally for 1 hour to 1 day, and then treating it with a reducing agent. Examples of the reducing agent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, dimethyl sulfide, triphenylphosphine, metallic zinc and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an alcohol-based solvent, such as methanol or ethanol, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or chloroform, ethyl acetate, a mixture thereof and the like. Third step This step is a step of producing a compound of the compound (4)-1' by subjecting the compound (48) and the compound (49) to reductive amination reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (48) and the compound (49) in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in the presence of a reducing agent and acetic acid, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under ice- bath cooling to room temperature, generally for 1 hour to 5 days. Examples of the reducing agent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, NaBH(OAc)3, 2- picoline borane, NaBH3CN and the like. Examples of the solvent include, but are not particularly limited to, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or chloroform, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether or 1,4-dioxane, an alcohol-based solvent, such as methanol or ethanol, acetonitrile and the like. Fourth step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-1 by subjecting (4)-1’ to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 11 This production method is a method for producing a compound (45)-1' included in the compound (45), which is a raw material of Raw Material Production Method 10, and a compound (45)-1 in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (45)-1' included in the compound (45) is H. In the formula, LGE3represents a leaving group. Examples of the leaving group shown here include Cl, Br, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group and the like. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing the compound (45)-1’ by subjecting the compound (50) and the compound (51) to alkylation reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (50) and the compound (51) in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in the presence of a base, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under ice-bath cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 hour to 1 day. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly limited to, sodium hydride, tBuOK, LHMDS, NHMDS, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether or 1,4-dioxane, DMF, MeCN and the like. Here, when the compound obtained by the above reaction has a protective group, the compound (45)-1' can be obtained by subjecting the compound obtained to the reaction followed by deprotection reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (45)-1 by subjecting (45)-1' to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 12 This production method is a method for producing a compound (45)-2' included in the compound (45), which is a raw material in Raw Material Production Method 10, and a compound (45)-2 in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (45)-2' included in the compound (45) is H. First stepThis step is a step of producing the compound (45)-2’ by subjecting the compound (52) and the compound (53) to coupling reaction conditions using a copper catalyst. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (52) and the compound (53) in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount using a copper catalyst, a ligand and a base in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from at room temperature to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 hour to 5 days. Examples of the copper catalyst include, but are not particularly limited to, copper(I) iodide, copper(I) chloride, copper(I) oxide and the like. Examples of the ligand used here include, but are not particularly limited to, DMEDA, trans-N,N'-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2' diamine and the like. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an organic base, such as diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, and an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate or tripotassium phosphate. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane, an alcohol-based solvent, such as methanol or ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, water and the like. In addition, heating the mixture by microwave irradiation is sometimes advantageous for smoothly promoting the reaction. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (45)-2 by subjecting (45)-2' to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 13 This production method is a method for producing a compound (4)-2 included in the compound (4), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 1. In the formula, a compound in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (4)-2' is H can also be produced by a similar reaction of a compound in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (51) is H. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (55) by subjecting the compound (54) and the compound (50) to Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound of the compound (4)-2' by subjecting the compound (55) and the compound (51) to alkylation reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 11. Third step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-2 by subjecting (4)-2' to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 14 This production method is a method for producing a compound (4)-3 included in the compound (4), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 1. In the formula, LGZrepresents a leaving group. Examples of the leaving group shown here include Cl, Br, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group and the like. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (57) by subjecting the compound (54) and the compound (56) to Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-3' by subjecting the compound (57) and the compound (53) to coupling reaction conditions using a copper catalyst. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 12. Third step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-3 by subjecting (4)-3’ to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 15 This production method is a method for producing the compound (4)-1 included in the compound (4), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 1. In the formula, the compound (4)-1 can also be produced by a similar reaction of a compound in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (45) is H. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing the compound (4)-1' by subjecting the compound (54) and the compound (45) to Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a step of producing the compound (4)-1 by subjecting (4)-1' to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 16 This production method is a method for producing a compound (4)-5 included in the compound (4), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 1. In the formula, LGZ3represents a leaving group. Examples of the leaving group shown here include Cl, Br, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group and the like. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (60) by subjecting the compound (58) and the compound (59) to cyclization reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (58) and the compound (59) in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in the presence of a base, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, under cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 hour to 5 days. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an organic base, such as triethylamine or N,N'- diisopropylethylamine, an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane, N,N-dimethylformamide, and the like. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (61) by subjecting the compound (60) and the compound (54) to Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Third step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-5' by subjecting the compound (61) to cyclization reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the third step of the Raw Material Production Method 17. Fourth step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-5 by subjecting the compound (4)-5' to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 17 This production method is a method for producing a compound (4)-6. By using the compound (4)-6 instead of the compound (4) described in Raw Material Production Method 1, some of the compounds included in the compound of formula (1) can be synthesized. In the formula, Linker is -(-L2-L3-L4)-, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6- diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3 alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, and RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl, and PGLrepresents a protective group of NH or OH. RLGrepresents a C1-12alkyl group. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (64) by subjecting the compound (62) and the compound (63) to Michael addition conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (62) and the compound (63) in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess equivalent amount in the presence of a base and excess acid reagent from at room temperature to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 day to 5 days. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an organic base, such as 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene or N,N'-diisopropylethylamine, and the like. Examples of the acid reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, lactic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, acetic acid and the like. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (65) by subjecting the compound (64) to urea-forming reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (64) in the presence of a urea- forming reagent and acid in a solvent inactive for the reaction with no solvent from at room temperature to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 day to 5 days. Examples of the urea-forming reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, sodium cyanate, potassium cyanate and the like. Examples of the acid used here include, but are not particularly limited to, acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or chloroform, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane, acetic acid, toluene, water and a mixture thereof. Third step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-6' by subjecting the compound (65) to cyclization reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (65) in the presence of a base, in a solvent inactive for the reaction, from under ice-bath cooling to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 hour to 5 days. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly limited to, Triton B, potassium trimethylsilanolate, sodium ethoxide and the like. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an ether-based solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane, N,N- dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like. Fourth step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-6 by subjecting the compound (4)-6' to deprotection conditions. Here, when the compound obtained by the above reaction has a protective group, the compound (4)-6 can be obtained by subjecting the compound obtained to the reaction followed by deprotection reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 18 This production method is a method for producing the compound (67). By using the compound (67) instead of the compound (4) described in Raw Material Production Method 1, some of the compounds included in the compound of formula (1) can be synthesized. In the formula, L1is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L2is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3alkylene or piperazinediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, and RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl, and XLrepresents an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, PGL1represents a protective group of NH or OH, and PGE3represents a protective group of NH or H. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (67') by subjecting the compound (66) and the compound (65) to ipso r ti diti The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. The compound (67') can also be produced by subjecting the compound (66) and the compound (65) to coupling reaction conditions using a copper catalyst. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 12. The compound (67') can also be produced by subjecting the compound (66) and the compound (65) to carbon-nitrogen bond formation reaction conditions. This reaction is performed by adding a metal catalyst, a ligand and a base to a mixture of the compound (66) and the compound (65) in an equivalent amount or with one compound thereof in an excess equivalent amount and stirring the mixture in a solvent inactive for the reaction from at 80qC to under reflux with heat, generally for 1 hour to 5 days. Examples of the metallic reagent catalyst used here include, but are not particularly limited to, palladium(II) acetate, tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium (II) dichloride, [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium (II) dichloride dichloromethane adduct and the like. Examples of the ligand include, but are not particularly limited to, Xantphos, Ruphos, Xphos, BINAP and the like. Examples of the base include, but are not particularly limited to, an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate or sodium tert-butoxide, and an organic base, such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine. Examples of the solvent include, but are not particularly limited to, 1,4-dioxane, toluene, N,N-dimethylformamide, a mixture thereof and the like. This reaction may be performed under microwave irradiation. The compound (67') can also be produced by subjecting the compound (66) and the compound (65) to alkylation reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (67) by subjecting the compound (67') to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 19 This production method is a method for producing the compound (1)-2 included in the compound (1), which is a raw material of the first production method. In the formula, L1Aand L4Arepresent one group selected from the group consisting of substituted heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, saturated 7- membered to 9-membered spiroheterocycloalkylene containing one or two nitrogen atoms, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkylene containing two nitrogen atoms and optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene, and L3Arepresents piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, bridged piperazinediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl. The same shall apply hereinafter. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (69) by an alkylation reaction of the compound (14) and the compound (68). The reaction conditions are the same as in the seventh step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (70) by subjecting the compound (69) to hydrolysis conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 1. Third step This step is a step of producing a compound (1)-2 by subjecting the compound (70) and the compound (71) to condensation reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the second step of the Raw Material Production Method 1. Raw Material Production Method 20 This production method is a method for producing a compound (74). By using the compound (74) instead of the compound (4) described in Raw Material Production Method 1, some of the compounds included in the compound of formula (1) can be synthesized.
[0055] In the formula, the compound (74) can also be produced by a similar reaction of a compound in which the PGE3moiety of the compound (51) is H. First step This step is a step of producing a compound (73) by subjecting the compound (72) and the compound (51) to nucleophilic substitution conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 11. Second step This step is a step of producing a compound (74) by subjecting the compound (73) to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 21
[0056] The production method is a method for producing a compound (2)-3 included in the compound (2), which is a raw material of Production Method 1. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (77) by a reaction of a compound (75) and a compound (76). The reaction is performed by converting the compound (75) to the corresponding enolate using an orthoester such as trimethyl orthoformate under acidic conditions, then adding the compound (76) and the enolate in an equivalent amount or with one in an excess amount and stirring the mixture in a solvent inactive for the reaction, under reflux with heat, preferably at 60qC to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as toluene, an ether, such as THF or DOX, DMF, DMAc and the like. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (78) from the compound (77). This reaction is performed by stirring the compound (77) in a solvent inactive for the reaction, under reflux with heat, preferably at 150qC to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, NMP and the like. Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (79) from the compound (78). This reaction is performed by stirring a mixture of the compound (78) and a brominating agent in an equal amount of or with one in an excess amount in a solvent inactive for the reaction or with no solvent, from under cooling to under reflux with heat, preferably at room temperature to under reflux with heat, generally for 0.1 hours to 5 days. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as toluene, an ether, such as THF or DOX, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, DMF and the like. Examples of the brominating agent include N-bromosuccinimide, N-bromosaccharin, 1,3-dibromo- 5,5-dimethylhydantoin, dibromoisocyanuric acid and the like. Fourth step This step is a method for producing a compound (80) from the compound (79). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 8. Fifth step This step is a method for producing a compound (81) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (80) and a compound (6)-1. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Sixth step This step is a method for producing a compound (82) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (81) and a compound (8)-1. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Seventh step This step is a method for producing a compound (82) by an ipso substitution reaction of the compound (82) and PG3-OH. Examples of the PG3-OH used here include benzyl alcohol, p-methoxybenzyl alcohol and 1-phenylethanol. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Eighth step This step is a method for producing a compound (84) by a Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of the compound (83) and the compound (12), which is a boronic acid derivative. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. When the compound (84) has an axial chirality, the compound (84) is obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by separation using a common separation operation, for example, ODS column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. The compound (84) can be protected with a protective group again after deprotection. In addition, the compound (84) sometimes converts PG1to another protective group, followed by deprotection reaction conditions so that the compound (84) can be deprotected under different conditions from a protective group PG2to be introduced later. The reaction conditions for the deprotection reaction used here are the same as in the step described in the Production Method 1. Examples of the protective group of PG1 which is subsequently converted include a tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl group and the like. For example, the following can be referred as a reference about this reaction. P. G. M. Wuts and T. W. Greene, "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2014 Ninth step This step is a method for producing a compound (85) by deprotection by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction of the compound (84). The reaction conditions are the same as in the sixth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Tenth step This step is a method for producing a compound (2)-3 by a reaction of a compound (85) and a compound (15). The reaction conditions are the same as in the seventh step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Raw Material Production Method 22
[0057] The production method is a method for producing a compound (4)-7 included in the compound (4), which is an intermediate of Raw Material Production Method 1. First step This step is a method for producing a compound (87) from the compound (86). The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 17. Second step This step is a method for producing a compound (88) from the compound (87). This reaction is performed by adding an ammonia reagent to the compound (87) in the presence of triphosgene and a base and stirring the mixture in a solvent inactive for the reaction at room temperature, generally for 1 day to 5 days. Examples of the ammonia reagent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, ammonia methanol solution and the like. Examples of the base used here include, but are not particularly l pyridine, triethylamine or N,N'- diisopropylethylamine. Examples of the solvent used here include, but are not particularly limited to, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane or chloroform. Third step This step is a method for producing a compound (89) from the compound (88). The reaction conditions are the same as in the third step of the Raw Material Production Method 17. Fourth step This step is a step of producing a compound (90) by subjecting the compound (89) and the compound (54) to Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the fourth step of the Raw Material Production Method 2. Fifth step This step is a step of producing a compound (4)-7 by subjecting the compound (90) to deprotection conditions. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first production method. Raw Material Production Method 23 The production method is a method for producing a compound (45)-3 included in the compound (45), which is a raw material of Raw Material Production Method 10. (92) (45)-3 This step is a step of producing the compound (45)-3 by subjecting the compound (92) and the compound (53) to coupling reaction conditions using a copper catalyst. The reaction conditions are the same as in the first step of the Raw Material Production Method 12. The compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) is isolated and purified as a free compound, a salt, hydrate, solvate or crystal polymorphous substance thereof or a substance in the amorphous solid form. A salt of the compound of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) can also be produced by subjecting the compound to a salt formation reaction which is an ordinary method. The isolation and purification are performed by applying a common chemical operation, such as extraction, fractional crystallization or various types of fraction chromatography. Various types of isomers can be produced by selecting an appropriate raw material compound or can be separated using a difference in physiochemical properties between the isomers. For example, an optical isomer can be obtained by a general optical resolution method of a racemate (for example, fractional crystallization for inducing a racemate to a diastereomer salt with an optically active base or acid, chromatography using a chiral column or the like or the like) and can also be produced from an appropriate optically active raw material compound. In addition, the compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) or intermediates thereof sometimes have an axial chirality and are obtained as a mixture of stereoisomers, and each stereoisomer can be isolated by separation using a common separation operation, for example, octadecylsilyl (ODS) column chromatography or silica gel column chromatography. Pharmaceutical compositions A pharmaceutical composition that contains one or two or more compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) or salts thereof as active ingredients can be prepared by a usually used method using an excipient usually used in the art, namely, a pharmaceutical excipient, a pharmaceutical carrier or the like. The administration may be either oral administration with a tablet, pill, capsule, granule, powder, liquid or other agent or parenteral administration with an intraarticular, intravenous, intramuscular or other injection, a transmucosal agent, an inhalant or the like. As a solid composition for oral administration, a tablet, powder, granular or other agent is used. In such a solid composition, one or two or more active ingredients are mixed with at least one inactive excipient. The composition may contain an inactive additive, for example, a lubricant, a disintegrator, a stabilizer or a dissolution aid, according to an ordinary method. A tablet or pill may be coated with a sugar coating or a film soluble in the stomach or intestine, as needed. Liquid compositions for oral administration include a pharmaceutically acceptable emulsion, solution, suspension, syrup, elixir agent and the like and contain a generally used inactive diluent, for example, purified water or ethanol. The liquid composition may contain, in addition to the inactive diluent, an adjuvant, such as a solubilizer, a wetting agent or a suspending agent, a sweetening agent, a flavor, an aromatic or a preservative. The injection agents for parenteral administration include a sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solution, suspension or emulsion agent. Examples of the aqueous solvent include distilled water for injection or physiological saline. An example of the nonaqueous solvent is an alcohol, such as EtOH. Such a composition may further contain an isotonizing agent, a preservative, a wetting agent, an emulsifier, a dispersant, a stabilizer or a dissolution aid. These are sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacteria keeping filter, incorporation of a microbicide or irradiation. In addition, such a composition can be produced as a sterile solid composition, which is dissolved or suspended in sterile water or a sterile solvent for injection before use. The transmucosal agent, such as an inhalant or a transnasal agent, is used in a solid, liquid or semi-solid form and can be produced according to a conventionally known method. For example, a known excipient and in addition, a pH modifier, a preservative, a surfactant, a lubricant, a stabilizer, a thickener or the like may be appropriately added. The administration can be performed using an appropriate device for inhalation or insufflation. For example, the agent can be administered using a known device, such as a metering and administering inhalation device, or an atomizer, as a compound alone or a powder of a mixture formulated, or as a solution or a suspension in combination with a medically acceptable carrier. A dry powder inhaler or the like may be for a single administration or multiple administrations, and dry powder or powder-containing capsule can be used. Alternatively, the agent may be used in a form of a pressurized aerosol spray or the like using an appropriate ejection agent, for example, a suitable gas, such as a chlorofluoroalkane or carbon dioxide. In the case of a common oral administration, the daily dose is appropriately about 0.001 to 100 mg / kg body weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 mg / kg body weight, further preferably 0.1 to 10 mg / kg body weight, and the dose is given once or is divided into two to four times in a day. In the case of intravenous administration, the daily dose is appropriately about 0.0001 to 10 mg / kg body weight and is given once or is divided into multiple times in a day. In addition, the daily dose of a transmucosal agent is about 0.001 to 100 mg / kg body weight and is given once or is divided into multiple times in a day. The dose is appropriately decided depending on the individual case taking the symptom, age, sex and the like into account. Depending on the route of administration, dosage form, site of administration and types of excipient and additive, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention contains 0.01 to 100% by weight, in one embodiment, 0.01 to 50% by weight, of one or more compound of the formula (I) or salts thereof which are active ingredients. The compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) can be used in combination with various therapeutic agents or preventive agents for a disease to which the compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) are considered to have an effectiveness. The combination use may be simultaneous administration or separate administration either sequential or with a desired interval. A simultaneous administration preparation may be a formulated agent or may be separately formulated. Advantageous Effects of Invention The compounds for use, pharmaceutical compositions, methods and uses described herein may have the advantage that they may be more efficacious than, be less toxic than, be longer acting than, be more potent than, produce fewer side effects than, be more easily absorbed than, and / or have a better treatment profile than other treatments for the same indications known in the prior art. In particular, the compounds of the formula (I), (XXI), (XXII) and (XXIII), or salts thereof, have degradation-inducing action on a G12D mutant KRAS protein and a G12D mutant KRAS inhibition activity, and can be used, particularly as an active ingredient of a pharmaceutical composition, for treating a cancer of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, in particular, a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer. EXAMPLES The production method of the compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) will be described in further detail below based on Examples. Note that the present invention is not to be limited to the compounds described in the following Examples. The production methods of raw material compounds are also shown in the Production Examples. Although the compounds described in the following Examples are specific compounds included in the formula (I), the production methods of the compounds of the formula (I) are not limited only to the production methods of specific Examples described below, and the compounds of the formula (I), the formula (XXI), the formula (XXII) or the formula (XXIII) can also be produced by a combination of the production methods or a method that is obvious to a person skilled in the art. Note that, in this specification, a compound is sometimes named using naming software, such as ACD / Name (registered trademark, Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc.). For the purpose of convenience, the concentration mol / L is shown as M. For example, 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution means an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution of 1 mol / L. The "amorphous solid form" described in this specification includes both a form showing no peak in the powder X-ray diffraction (XRD) pattern and a form having a low crystallinity. XRD is measured using Empyrean under the conditions of a vacuum tube of Cu, a tube current of 40 mA, a tube voltage of 45 kV, a step width of 0.013q, a wavelength of 1.5418 Å and a measurement diffraction angle range (2^T) of 2.5 to 40q. Note that due to the nature of the data, crystal lattice spacing and overall pattern are important in determining crystal identity in powder X-ray diffraction patterns, and the error range of the diffraction angle (2 T(q)) in powder X-ray diffraction is usually r0.2q. However, the diffraction angle and diffraction intensity may vary to some extent depending on the crystal growth direction, particle size, and measurement conditions, and should not be interpreted strictly. Production Example 1 In THF (400 mL), 7-bromo-2,4-dichloro-8-fluoro-6-iodoquinazoline (40 g) was suspended, aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1M, 190 mL) was added dropwise under ice-bath cooling so that the internal temperature was 10qC or lower, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction solution was poured at once into an Erlenmeyer flask containing hydrochloric acid (1M, 190 mL) and ice water (about 900 g), and the mixture was stirred for about 30 minutes at room temperature (until the ice melted). The insoluble materials were filtered while washing with water and were dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 7-bromo-2-chloro-8-fluoro-6- iodoquinazolin-4-ol (33.56 g) as a solid. Production Example 2 Under nitrogen flow, to a mixture of 7-bromo-2-chloro-8-fluoro-6-iodoquinazolin-4-ol (24.6 g) and THF (260 mL), which was heated to 60qC, was added 2-tert-butyl-1,3- diisopropylisourea (73.4 g) dropwise over 15 minutes. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2.5 hours. After allowing to cool to room temperature, the colorless solid was separated by filtration while washing with THF (about 500 mL). The filtrate was concentrated, MeOH (210 mL) was added to the resulting solid, and the mixture was suspended and washed by stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. The solid was filtered with MeOH (100 mL) to give 7-bromo-4-tert-butoxy-2-chloro-8- fluoro-6-iodoquinazoline (23.2 g) as a solid. Production Example 3 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-(7-bromo-2-chloro-8-fluoro-6-iodoquinazolin-4- yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (38.4 g) and CH2Cl2(500 mL) were added ethanethiol (5.3 mL) and DABCO (10.6 g) with stirring at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at room temperature for 17 hours. Ethanethiol (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 6 hours at room temperature. Then, DABCO (1.5 g) was added thereto and stirred for 3 days at room temperature, and cesium carbonate (2.1 g) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 22 hours. Ice water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with CHCl3. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure, thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-[7-bromo-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-8-fluoro-6- iodoquinazolin-4-yl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (43.2 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 4 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-[7-bromo-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-8-fluoro-6- iodoquinazolin-4-yl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (40.2 g), dehydrated THF (400 mL) and (1S)-1-phenylethane-1-ol (10 mL), which were sufficiently stirred under cooling in an ice / MeOH bath, was added tBuOK (15.3 g), and under an argon atmosphere, the mixture was stirred under cooling for 30 minutes and at room temperature for 30 minutes. Ice and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure, thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{7-bromo- 2-(ethylsulfanyl)-6-iodo-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (45.94 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 5 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{7-bromo-6-iodo-2- [(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (1.02 g), cyclopropylboronic acid (178 mg), tripotassium phosphate (1.06 g), PdCl2(dppf)^CH2Cl2 (113 mg), MeCN (15 mL) and water (3 mL) was stirred at 90qC for 6 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, and the mixture was filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad. Two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)- 5-{7-bromo-6-cyclopropyl-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (652 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 6 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{7-bromo-6- cyclopropyl-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (0.75 g), 6-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazole (900 mg), dicyclohexyl(2',6'-diisopropoxy-1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine (138 mg), palladium(II) acetate (31 mg), anhydrous barium hydroxide (0.61 g), DOX (30 mL) and water (6 mL) was stirred at 50qC for 30 minutes. 6-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazole (600 mg) was added at the same temperature, and the mixture was further stirred at 50qC for 1 hour. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, and the insoluble materials were removed by filtration through celite (registered trademark) pad. The two layers of filtrate were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and then the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6- cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (about 4:1 diastereomeric mixture derived from axial chirality, 866 mg) as a solid. MeOH (5 mL) was added to the resulting solid (866 mg). The mixture was heated to 60qC to dissolve the solid and was stirred at room temperature for 3 days under an argon atmosphere. The precipitated solid was filtered while washing with a small amount of MeOH to give tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6- cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (almost single diastereomer with unknown axial chirality configuration, 200 mg) as a solid. Production Example 7 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin- 4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (11.14 g) and CH2Cl2(170 mL) was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (about 30% water content, 7.9 g) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours under an argon atmosphere. Ice, saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 20 minutes. Then, the reaction solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 and separated into layers. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1- (oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (9.02 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 8 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-[(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}quinazolin-4-yl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxylate (300 mg), (2S)-2-methoxypropan-1-ol (40 mg) and THF (4 mL) was added tBuOK (85 mg) under cooling in an ice / MeOH bath, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes under an argon atmosphere. Ice water and aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}- 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (255 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 9 Under nitrogen atmosphere, to a solution in MeOH (5 mL) and THF (5 mL) of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]- 2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (180 mg) were added 10% Pd / C (50% water content, 40 mg) and sodium hydrogen carbonate (80 mg), and then the mixture was purged with a hydrogen atmosphere at normal temperature and was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture overlayed with nitrogen and was then filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad using MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5- {6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8- hydroxy-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxylate (160 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 10 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-hydroxy-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4- yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (100 mg), methyl 4- (chloromethyl)benzoate (32 mg) and DMF (2 mL) was added cesium carbonate (172 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added, two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]- 8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4- yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (90 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 11 To a mixture of methyl 4-[({(7M)-4-tert-butoxy-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl- 2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8- yl}oxy)methyl]benzoate (2.51 g) and THF (30 mL) were added 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (2.7 mL) and 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonic acid monohydrate (270 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 60qC for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining methyl 4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-4- hydroxy-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoate (1.79 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 12 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-(6- fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (11.1 g) and THF (150 mL) were added 3,4- dihydro-2H-pyran (10 mL) and 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonic acid monohydrate (0.7 g) with stirring at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours under an argon atmosphere. Another 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (5 mL) and 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonic acid monohydrate (0.3 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 5 hours. After TEA (2 mL) was added to quench the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5- methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (11.15 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 13 Under nitrogen atmosphere, to a THF (3 mL) solution of methyl 4-[({(7M)-6- cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-4-hydroxy-2-[(2S)- 2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoate (100 mg) were added cesium carbonate (80 mg) and PyBOP (120 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Tert-butyl (3S)-3- hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (60 mg) and cesium carbonate (160 mg) were added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 60qC for 3 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (86 mg) as an oil. Production Example 14 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1- (oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (252 mg), MeOH (3.4 mL) and THF (1.7 mL) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 M, 1.7 mL) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Hydrochloric acid (1M, 1.77 mL) and ice water were added, and the mixture was extracted twice with CHCl3 / MeOH (10 / 1). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 4-[({(7M)-4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)- 1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (250 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 15 To a mixture of tert-butyl (3S)-3-({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan- 2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (84 mg) and 1,2- dichloroethane (4 mL) was added trimethyltin(IV) hydroxide (100 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 80qC for 24 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, trimethyltin(IV) hydroxide (100 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80qC for 48 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, hydrochloric acid (1 M) was added, and the mixture was extracted twice with CHCl3 / iPrOH (4 / 1). The combined organic layer was washed with hydrochloric acid (1M) and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 4-[({(7M)-4-{[(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-3- yl]oxy}-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)- 2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (86 mg) as an oil. Production Example 16 To a mixture of 4-[({(7M)-4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)- 1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (247 mg), 3-(3-methyl-5-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro- 1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione dihydrochloride (160 mg), DIPEA (0.3 mL) and DMF (4 mL) was added HATU (230 mg) under cooling in an ice / MeOH bath, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours under an argon atmosphere. Ice and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / iPrOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-8-({4-[(2S)- 4-{[1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-5- yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl]phenyl}methoxy)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1- (oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (273 mg) as a solid. Production Example 17 A mixture of 7-bromo-2,4-dichloro-8-fluoro-6-iodoquinazoline (100 g), DOX (1000 mL) and THF (500 mL) was cooled with ice bath, and then DIPEA (240 mL) and tert-butyl (1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (48 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with an aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was then concentrated under reduced pressure until the total amount of the solution became about 400 mL. A mixed solvent (hexane / ethyl acetate = 4 / 1, 1000 mL) was added to the resulting solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. The precipitated solid was filtered to give tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-(7- bromo-2-chloro-8-fluoro-6-iodoquinazolin-4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2- carboxylate (123 g) as a solid. Production Example 18 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5- methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4- yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (about 4.5:1 mixture of isomers with regard to axial chirality, 20.63 g) and EtOH (250 mL) was added 4- methylbenzene-1-sulfonic acid monohydrate (4.8 g) with stirring at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour under an argon atmosphere. Ice and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were poured into the reaction mixture, and the resulting white insoluble materials were dissolved in ethyl acetate and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-(6-fluoro- 5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (single isomer with regard to axial chirality, 11.17 g), which was a low-polar fraction, as a foam-like solid and tert-butyl (1S,4S)- 5-{(7P)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-8- [(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (single isomer with regard to axial chirality, 1.92 g), which was a high-polar fraction, as a foam-like solid. Production Example 19 To a mixture of 2-amino-4-bromo-3-fluoro-5-iodobenzoic acid (10 g) and N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone (20 mL) was added trimethyl orthoacetate (10.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 110qC for 12 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, MeOH (20 mL) was added, and the resulting solid was filtered while washing with ice- cooled methanol (about 60 mL) and was dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 2-acetamido-4-bromo-3-fluoro-5-iodobenzoic acid methyl ester (6.67 g) as a solid. Production Example 20 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.3 M THF solution, 100 mL) and THF (150 mL) was added 2-acetamido-4-bromo-3-fluoro- 5-iodobenzoic acid methyl ester (18 g) portionwise under cooling in a water bath. The mixture was stirred at 40qC for 1 hour and was then cooled to room temperature, water was added, and the mixture was washed twice with ethyl acetate. Under ice-bath cooling, the aqueous layer was acidified with hydrochloric acid (1M, 140 mL) and ice water and was stirred for a while. The precipitated solid was filtered and was dried under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was filtered while washing with methanol and was dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 7-bromo-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-6- iodoquinoline -2(1H)-one (13.6 g) as a solid. Production Example 21 Under an argon atmosphere, phosphoryl chloride (24 mL) was added to 7-bromo-8- fluoro-4-hydroxy-6-iodoquinoline -2(1H)-one (5 g), and under ice-bath cooling DIPEA (7 mL) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred at 110qC for 1 hour. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and was dried at room temperature under reduced pressure. Ice water was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitated solid was filtered, was washed with water and was then dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 7-bromo-2,4-dichloro-8-fluoro-6- iodoquinoline (5.03 g). Production Example 22 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of 7-bromo-2,4-dichloro-8-fluoro-6- iodoquinoline (6.4 g) and DMAc (70 mL) was added DABCO (1.8 g), and the mixture was stirred at 40qC for 2 hours. Ethanethiol (1.4 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60qC for 1 hour. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, water was added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. The resulting solid was filtered and was dried under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 7-bromo-4-chloro-2- (ethylsulfanyl)-8-fluoro-6-iodoquinoline (5.76 g) as a solid. Production Example 23 Under an argon atmosphere, to a THF (50 mL) solution of 7-bromo-4-chloro-8-fluoro- 6-iodo-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinoline (6.47 g) and (1S)-1-phenylethan-1-ol (3.34 mL) was added tBuOK (3.06 g) in a cooling bath (about -10qC), and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 7-bromo-4-chloro-6-iodo-2- [(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinoline (4.67 g) as an oil. Production Example 24 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture prepared by adding tBuOK (1.59 g) to a DMAc (20 mL) solution of tert-butyl (3S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.7 g) and stirring at room temperature for 10 minutes was added dropwise to a mixture of 7- bromo-4-chloro-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-6-iodo-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinoline (6.46 g) and DMAc (40 mL) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, ice and ethyl acetate were added, and the mixture was stirred to divide the mixture into layers. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({7-bromo-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-6-iodo-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (4.6 g) as a solid. Production Example 25 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of 7-bromo-2,4-dichloro-8-fluoro-6- iodoquinoline (10 g), DABCO (3.3 g), cesium carbonate (23.3 g) and DMAc (100 mL) was added (2S)-2-methoxypropan-1-ol (3 mL), the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours and then at 60qC for 12 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added. The mixture was stirred for a while, and then, two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 7-bromo-4-chloro-8-fluoro-6-iodo-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinoline (5.97 g) as a solid. Production Example 26 To a DMAc (5 mL) solution of 7-bromo-4-chloro-6-iodo-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]- 8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinoline (1.6 g) were added tert-butyl (1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (832 mg) and potassium carbonate (768 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 120qC overnight. Another tert-butyl (1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (278 mg) and potassium carbonate (384 mg) were added at 120qC, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S, 4S)-5-{7-bromo-6-iodo-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (1.02 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 27 Under an argon atmosphere, to a CH2Cl2 (10 mL) solution of 3-hydroxy-1-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]piperidine-2,6-dione (800 mg) were added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (809 PL) and pyridine (520 PL) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 1-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.1 g) as an oil. Production Example 28 Under an argon atmosphere, tBuOK (260 mg) was added to a THF (20 mL) solution of 6-bromo-1-methyl-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one (350 mg) under cooling in an ice / sodium chloride bath and stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. A THF (7 mL) solution of 1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (700 mg) was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate and was dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 3-(5-bromo-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]piperidine-2,6-dione (524 mg) as a solid. Production Example 29 To a mixture of tert-butyl 4-[(3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin- 5-yl)methyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (285 mg) and THF (3 mL) was slowly added dropwise lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M THF solution, 2.4 mL) under an argon atmosphere under ice-bath cooling, followed by addition of 3-bromopiperidine-2,6- dione (268 mg). Then, the mixture was stirred at 75qC for 16 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / iPrOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl 4-{[1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro- 1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-yl]methyl}piperazine-1-carboxylate (106 mg) as an oil. Production Example 30 To a mixture of 7-bromo-1,3-benzoxazol-2(3H)-one (8.5 g), 3-bromopiperidine-2,6- dione (9.9 g) and MeCN (80 mL) was added potassium carbonate (8.2 g), and the mixture was stirred at 70qC for 12 hours. Water (600 mL) was poured into the reaction mixture, and the resulting insoluble materials were filtered while washing with water. Toluene was added to the resulting solid, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to azeotrope water. Petroleum ether / ethyl acetate (4 / 1) was added to the resulting crude product for trituration, and 3-(7-bromo-2-oxo-1,3- benzoxazol-3(2H)-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (11 g) was obtained as a solid by collecting by filtration. Production Example 32 To 3-(5-bromo-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)-1-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]piperidine-2,6-dione (500 mg) were added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 60qC for 1 hour. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to about half the volume, and ethyl acetate was added. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution under ice-bath cooling and stirred for a while. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 3-(5-bromo-3-methyl- 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (300 mg) as a solid. Production Example 33 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture of 3-(5-bromo-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro- 1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (4.32 g), potassium vinyltrifluoroborate (7.5 g), PdCl2(dppf)^CH2Cl2 (1.16 g), cesium carbonate (9.2 g), DOX (50 mL) and water (5 mL) was stirred at 80qC for 3 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added, and the mixture was filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad. Two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate). The resulting solid was filtered while washing with iPr2O and dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 3-(5-ethenyl-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (559 mg) as a solid. Production Example 34 To a mixture of 3-(5-ethenyl-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1- yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (373 mg), DOX (10 mL) and water (1 mL) were added sodium periodate (570 mg), osmium tetroxide (2.5% by weight tBuOH solution, 13.3 g), 4- methylmorpholine N-oxide (88 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazole-5- carbaldehyde (280 mg) as a solid. Production Example 35 In a mixed solvent of MeOH (30 mL) and CH2Cl2 (30 mL), 1-(6-ethenyl-1-methyl-1H- indazol-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (1.44 g) was dissolved at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours while bubbling ozone gas under cooling with a dry ice-acetone refrigerant. After dimethyl sulfide (1.2 mL) was added at the same temperature, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was washed with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and MeOH, thus obtaining 3-(2,4-dioxo- 1,3-diazinane-1-yl)-1-methyl-1H-indazole-6-carbaldehyde (527 mg) as a solid. Production Example 36 Acetic acid (31 PL) was added to a mixture of 1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2- oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazole-5-carbaldehyde (148 mg), tert-butyl (2S)-2- methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (210 mg), CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (2 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (220 mg) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred overnight. Water and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added, and the mixture was stirred for a while and then extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / iPrOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4- {[1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-5- yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (224 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 37 To a mixture of tert-butyl (2S)-4-{[1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (200 mg) and CH2Cl2(2 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (4 M DOX solution, 3 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. iPr2O was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solid was filtered, was washed with iPr2O and was dried under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 3-(3-methyl-5-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione dihydrochloride (178 mg) as a solid. Production Example 38 Under an argon atmosphere, 5-chloro-3-methyl-1,3-dihydro-2H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-2-one (100 mg), potassium {[4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1- yl]methyl}tri(fluoro)boranuide (333 mg), palladium(II) acetate (12 mg), dicyclohexyl(2',6'-dimethoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine (45 mg), cesium carbonate (532 mg), DOX (2 mL) and water (0.4 mL) were mixed and was reacted at 130qC for 1 hour under microwave irradiation. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added, and the insoluble materials were separated by filtration through celite (registered trademark) pad. Two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert- butyl 4-[(3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- yl)methyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (120 mg) as an oil. Production Example 39 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of methyl 5-amino-4-(5-bromo-1-oxo-1,3- dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (209.5 mg), potassium {[(3S)-4-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}tri(fluoro)boranuide (380 mg), cesium carbonate (577 mg), water (1 mL) and DOX (5 mL) were added palladium(II) acetate (13 mg) and di(adamantan-1-yl)(butyl)phosphine (42 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 100qC for 5 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, and the insoluble materials were filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad. The filtrate was divided into layers, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-{[2-(1-amino-5-methoxy-1,5-dioxopentan-2-yl)-1-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- isoindol-5-yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (148 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 40 To a mixture of 1-[(4-bromo-3-fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (100 mg), potassium {[(3S)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3- methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}tri(fluoro)boranuide (150 mg), cesium carbonate (240 mg), water (0.4 mL) and DOX (degassed by argon bubbling, 2 mL), mesyl[(tri-t- butylphosphine)-2-(2-aminobiphenyl)]palladium(II) (15 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 100qC for 1 hour. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, and the mixture was filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad to give a filtrate. The aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-{[2-fluoro-4-({3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-dioxo-1,3- diazinane-1-yl}methyl)phenyl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (59 mg) as an oil. Production Example 41 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture of 2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-4-fluoro-1H- isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione (220 mg), tert-butyl 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate (204 mg), DIPEA (0.3 mL) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (4 mL) was stirred at 80qC for 3 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool, was then diluted with water and ethyl acetate and was separated into layers. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was then filtered and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl 4-({[2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- isoindol-4-yl]amino}methyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (86 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 42 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture of methyl 4-bromo-2-(bromomethyl)benzoate (300 mg), methyl 4,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoate monohydrochloride (231 mg), DIPEA (0.35 mL) and DMF (6 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture under ice- bath cooling, and the mixture was diluted with water and ethyl acetate and divided into layers. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate three times, and the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was then filtered and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining methyl 5-amino-4-(5- bromo-1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (209.5 mg) as a solid. Production Example 43 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of tert-butyl (2S)-4-{[2-(1-amino-5- methoxy-1,5-dioxopentan-2-yl)-1-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl]methyl}-2- methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (144 mg) and THF (6 mL) was added potassium trimethylsilanolate (40 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was diluted with water and ethyl acetate and divided into layers. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was then filtered and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-{[2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- isoindol-5-yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (129 mg) as a solid. Production Example 44 To a MeCN (20 mL) suspension of tert-butyl (2S)-4-({3-[carbamoyl(3-ethoxy-3- oxopropyl)amino]-1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl}methyl)-2-methylpiperazine-1- carboxylate (1.92 g) was added bnezyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (40% by weight MeOH solution, 480 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-{[3-(2,4- dioxo-1,3-diazinan-1-yl)-1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1- carboxylate (1.09 g) as a solid. Production Example 45 To a DMF (35 mL) solution of N-iodosuccinimide (13.9 g) was added (2-methyl-2H- indazol-6-yl)methanol (2.5 g) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature overnight and was then stirred at 60qC for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and 5% aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate, thus obtaining (3- iodo-2-methyl-2H-indazol-6-yl)methanol (2.19 g) as a solid. Production Example 46 In DOX (20 mL), 3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (1.05 g), (3- iodo-2-methyl-2H-indazol-6-yl)methanol (1.09 g), copper(I) iodide (420 mg), tripotassium phosphate (1.7 g) and racemic-(1R,2R)-cyclohexane-1,2-diamine (280 PL) were suspended and was stirred at 120qC for 3 hours under microwave irradiation. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added. Then, the mixture was filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining 1-[6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-2H- indazol-3-yl]-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (293 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 47 To a DOX (17 mL) solution of 7-bromo-3-iodoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (1.7 g) and 3- [(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (1.5 g) were sequentially added DIPEA (4.58 mL), copper(I) iodide (1.0 g) and N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (1.13 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 130qC for 4 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 1-(7-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3- diazinane-2,4-dione (750 mg) as a solid. Production Example 48 To a CH2Cl2 (10 mL) solution of 1-[6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-2H-indazol-3-yl]-3- [(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (320 mg) was added 1,1,1- triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3-(1H)-one (470 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. 5% aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added to the reaction solution. The mixture was stirred for a while and was then extracted with CHCl3. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was then filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining 3-{3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-dioxo-1,3- diazinan-1-yl}-2-methyl-2H-indazole-6-carbaldehyde (208 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 49 To tert-butyl (2S)-4-[(3-{3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-1- yl}-2-methyl-2H-indazol-6-yl)methyl]-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (153 mg) were added triisopropylsilane (165 PL), trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (1 mL) at room temperature in this order, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and was then stirred at 70qC for 4 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by ODS column chromatography (0.1% formic acid in MeCN solution / 0.1% aqueous formic acid solution). Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to a fraction containing the target compound, and the mixture was extracted with CHCl3 / iPrOH (4 / 1) four times. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered and was concentrated, thus obtaining 1-(2-methyl-6-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-2H-indazol-3-yl)- 1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (50 mg) as a solid. Production Example 50 To a trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) solution of tert-butyl (2S)-4-[(3-{3-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-1-yl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7- yl)methyl]-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (500 mg) was added trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 60qC for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ice water (100 mL) was poured into the resulting residue, and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and was then extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (MeCN / 0.1% aqueous formic acid solution), thus obtaining 1-(7-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione n trifluoromethanesulfonate (185.9 mg) as a solid. Production Example 51 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (900 mg) and THF (7 mL) was added tBuOK (295 mg) in two portions under ice-bath cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes under ice-bath cooling. Then, a mixture of 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-indazole-5-carbaldehyde (500 mg) and THF (7 mL) was added dropwise under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled with an ice bath again. Separately, a suspension obtained by adding tBuOK (295 mg) to a mixture of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (900 mg) and THF (7 mL) under ice-bath cooling and stirring for 10 minutes was added thereto, and then, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and water were added to the reaction mixture under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 3-iodo-5-(2-methoxyethenyl)- 1-methyl-1H-indazole (351 mg) as an oil. Production Example 52 To 3-iodo-5-(2-methoxyethenyl)-1-methyl-1H-indazole (250 mg) were added water (2 mL) and formic acid (2 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80qC for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and CH2Cl2(2 mL), tert- butyl (2S)-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (200 mg), acetic acid (50 PL) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (200 mg) were added to the residue and stirred at room temperature overnight. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with CHCl3. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered and was concentrated, thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-[2-(3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)ethyl]-2- methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (154 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 53 To a mixture of tert-butyl (2S)-4-[(3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-2- methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (4.46 g) and propan-1-ol (40 mL) was added methylhydrazine (10 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 100qC for 6 hours. The reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-[(3-amino-1- methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)methyl]-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (4.56 g) as a solid. Production Example 54 To an EtOH (100 mL) solution of 3-bromo-2-fluorobenzonitrile (9.00 g) were added methylhydrazine sulfate (32.4 g) and TEA (75.2 mL) at 25qC, and the mixture was stirred at 110qC for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and was then concentrated under reduced pressure to remove volatiles. The resulting solid was filtered and was dried under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the resulting solid, was stirred at 25qC for 10 minutes and was milled to give 7-bromo-1-methyl-1H-indazol-3-amine (8 g) as a solid. Production Example 55 To tert-butyl (2S)-4-[(3-amino-1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)methyl]-2- methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (3 g) were added 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (1.66 mL) and lactic acid (1 g) under ice-bath cooling, the mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Ethyl acrylate (3 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90qC overnight. The reaction solution was at room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, and the mixture was stirred for a while. The aqueous layer and the organic layer were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-({3-[(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)amino]- 1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl}methyl)-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (1.95 g) as an oil. Production Example 56 To tert-butyl (2S)-4-({3-[(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)amino]-1-methyl-1H-indazol-5- yl}methyl)-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (1.95 g) were added acetic acid (24 mL), water (8 mL) and sodium cyanate (830 mg) at room temperature in this order, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 3 days. The reaction solution was concentrated, water and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (2S)-4-({3-[carbamoyl(3- ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)amino]-1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yl}methyl)-2-methylpiperazine- 1-carboxylate (1.92 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 57 To a DMF (10 mL) solution of 6-chloro-2-methyl-3-nitropyridine (1 g) were added tert- butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (1.4 g), DABCO (720 mg) and cesium carbonate (4.72 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic layer was extracted. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl 4-[(6-methyl-5-nitropyridin-2-yl)oxy]piperidine-1- carboxylate (447 mg) as a solid. Production Example 58 To a mixture of sodium hydride (60% mineral oil dispersion, 500 mg) and DMAc (25 mL) was added tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (2.10 g) at 20qC, and the mixture was stirred at 20qC for 30 minutes. 2-fluoro-4-iodo-3-methylpyridine (2.47 g) was added to the reaction mixture and was stirred at 100qC for 1 hour. Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solution was purified by reverse phase HPLC (0.05% ammonia water / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl 4-[(4- iodo-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]piperidine-1-carboxylate (2.85 g) as an oil. Production Example 59 To a mixture of tert-butyl 4-[(6-methyl-5-nitropyridin-2-yl)oxy]piperidine-1- carboxylate (532 mg), DOX (10 mL) and water (2 mL) were added zinc powder (830 mg) and ammonium chloride (680 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and diluted with ethyl acetate. Celite (registered trademark) was added, and the mixture was stirred for a while. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration through celite (registered trademark) pad. The filtrate was washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, thus obtaining tert-butyl 4-[(5-amino-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]piperidine-1- carboxylate (480 mg) as an oil. Production Example 60 Under nitrogen atmosphere, to a mixture of 3-iodophenol (500 mg), tert-butyl 4-(2- hydroxyethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (525 mg), triphenylphosphine (650 mg) and THF (5 mL) was added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (500 PL) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl 4- [2-(3-iodophenoxy)ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (742 mg) as an oil. Production Example 61 Under nitrogen atmosphere, to a DMF (6 mL) solution of 3-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (300 mg) was added sodium hydride (55% mineral oil dispersion, 70 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 minutes. 1-Bromo-4-(bromomethyl)-2- fluorobenzene (430 mg) was added at the same temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining 1-[(4-bromo-3- fluorophenyl)methyl]-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione (473 mg) as an oil. Production Example 62 Under an argon atmosphere, to a mixture of tert-butyl (3S)-3-({7-bromo-2- (ethylsulfanyl)-6-iodo-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate (1.38 g), cyclopropylboronic acid (255 mg), PdCl2(dppf)^CH2Cl2 (162 mg), MeCN (15 mL) and water (3 mL) was added tripotassium phosphate (1.52 g), and the mixture was stirred at 90qC for 6 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added. Two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3- ({7-bromo-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (589 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 63 A mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{7-bromo-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-6-iodo-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (45.93 g), cyclopropylboronic acid (9.8 g), tripotassium phosphate (55 g), PdCl2(dppf)^CH2Cl2(5.4 g), MeCN (360 mL), DOX (240 mL) and water (120 mL) was degassed and then purged with argon gas, and the mixture was stirred at 90qC for 5 hours under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture which was allowed to cool was concentrated under reduced pressure to about half the volume, and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (100 mL) and water (300 mL) were poured into the residue and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. After the combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, thiol- modified silica gel (about 10 g) and basic silica gel (about 10 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration while washing with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{7- bromo-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (27.74 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 64 Under an argon atmosphere, a mixture of tert-butyl (3S)-3-({7-bromo-6-cyclopropyl- 2-(ethylsulfanyl)-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.71 g), 6-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazole (3.44 g), dicyclohexyl(2',6'-diisopropoxy-[1,1'- biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine (531 mg), palladium(II) acetate (106 mg), and anhydrous barium hydroxide (2.29 g) were suspended in DOX (110 mL) and water (22 mL), the suspension was stirred at 50qC for 15 minutes. 6-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazole (1.6 g) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at 50qC for 15 minutes. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, and the insoluble materials were removed by filtration through celite (registered trademark) pad. The two layers of filtrate were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After separating the drying agent by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6- cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4- yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (about 5:1 diastereomeric mixture derived from axial chirality, 3.88 g) as an oil. To tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (about 5:1 diastereomeric mixture derived from axial chirality, 100 mg) was added MeOH (2 mL), and the mixture was heated to 70qC to dissolve. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and was further stirred for 3 days. Solid precipitation (pale yellow suspension) was observed. The solid was filtered and was washed with a small amount of MeOH, thus obtaining tert- butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (about 1:1 diastereomeric mixture derived from axial chirality, 21 mg) as a powder. The filtrate was concentrated, thus obtaining the desired (3S)-3-[{6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (single diastereomer with unknown axial chirality configuration, 70 mg) as a solid. Similarly, to tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl- 2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (about 5:1 diastereomeric mixture derived from axial chirality, 2.95 g) was added EtOH (6 mL), and the mixture was heated to 70qC to dissolve. The powder of the axially chiral mixture (obtained above) was added in a trace amount at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The precipitated solid was filtered and was washed with a small amount of EtOH, thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-(6- fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (about 1:1 diastereomeric mixture derived from axial chirality, 699 mg) as a colorless powder. The filtrate was concentrated, thus obtaining the desired (3S)-3-[{6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7- [6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (single diastereomer with unknown axial chirality configuration, 2.33 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 65 A mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{7-bromo-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-8-[(1S)- 1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (17.7 g), 6-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazole (19.6 g), palladium(II) acetate (0.7 g), dicyclohexyl(2',6'-diisopropoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine (2.7 g), barium hydroxide (14.6 g), DOX (500 mL) and water (50 mL) was degassed and then purged with argon gas, and the mixture was stirred at 50qC for 6 hours under an argon atmosphere. The reaction suspension which was allowed to cool was filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad while washing with ethyl acetate. After the filtrate was concentrated to about 1 / 4 under reduced pressure, water was poured, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified twice by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-2- (ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1- phenylethoxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (about 4.5:1 mixture of isomers with regard to axial chirality, 20.64 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 66 Under an argon atmosphere, to a CH2Cl2(30 mL) solution of tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6- cyclopropyl-2-(ethylsulfanyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4- yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.70 g) was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (about 30% water content, 1.6 g) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Under ice- bath cooling, an aqueous solution (10 mL) containing sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate (1.7 g) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (40 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Then, the reaction mixture was extracted with CHCl3. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl- 2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.68 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 67 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-[(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}quinazolin-4-yl]-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxylate (200 mg), tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol (32 mg) and THF (4 mL) was added tBuOK (56 mg) under cooling in an ice / MeOH bath, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes under an argon atmosphere. Ice water and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5- methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2- [(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (144 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 68 To a THF (10 mL) solution of tert-butyl (3S)-3-{[6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7- [6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}quinolin-4-yl]oxy}pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (835 mg) and (2S)-2-methoxypropan-1-ol (97 PL) was added tBuOK (114 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. Ice water and aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction solution to quench the reaction, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro- 5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4- yl}]oxy}pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (374 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 69 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinazolin- 4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (4.5 g) and MeOH (100 mL) was added 10% Pd / C (52% water content, 1 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight under a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure. Celite (registered trademark) was added, and the mixture was filtered while washing with ethyl acetate and CHCl3. Toluene (about 20 mL) was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. MeOH (80 mL) and 10% Pd / C (52% water content, 1.4 g) were added to the resulting solid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure. Celite (registered trademark) was added, and the mixture was filtered while washing with ethyl acetate and CHCl3. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2- (ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8- hydroxyquinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (3.42 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 70 Under nitrogen atmosphere, to a solution in MeOH (15 mL) and THF (15 mL) of tert- butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-[(1S)-1-phenylethoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.3 g) were added 10% Pd / C (50% water content, 300 mg) and sodium hydrogen carbonate (600 mg), and then the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere at normal pressure. The reaction mixture overlayed with nitrogen and was then filtered through celite (registered trademark) pad using MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure, thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6- cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol- 4-yl]-8-hydroxyquinolin-4-yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.16 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 71 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6- fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-hydroxyquinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (3.01 g), DMF (30 mL) and methyl 4- (chloromethyl)benzoate (1 g) was added cesium carbonate (4 g) with stirring at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at room temperature overnight. Ice water and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (basic silica gel, hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-[(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2- yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}quinazolin-4-yl]-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (3.32 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 72 To a mixture of tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5- methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-hydroxyquinolin-4- yl}]oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.16 g), methyl 4-(chloromethyl)benzoate (375 mg) and DMF (12 mL) was added cesium carbonate (2 g) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added to the reaction mixture, two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Then, the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-2-(ethanesulfonyl)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}quinolin-4-yl}]oxy}pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.22 g) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 73 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1- (oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (142 mg), MeOH (1 mL) and THF (1 mL) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 M, 1 mL) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Under ice-bath cooling, hydrochloric acid (1M, 1 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted twice with CHCl3 / MeOH (9 / 1). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 4-[({(7M)-4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)- 1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (132 mg) as a solid. Production Example 74 To a solution in MeOH (2 mL) and THF (2 mL) of tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-7- [6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4- (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4- yloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (250 mg) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 M, 1.2 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Under ice-bath cooling, ethyl acetate and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added, and the organic layer was extracted, was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. iPr2O was added to the resulting residue, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with iPr2O to give 4-{[(4-{[(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl]oxy}-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro- 5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin- 8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (216 mg) as a solid. Production Example 75 To a mixture of tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-8-{[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]methoxy}-2- [(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2- carboxylate (90 mg), MeOH (1 mL) and THF (1 mL) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 M, 430 PL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Under ice-bath cooling, ethyl acetate and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added. The organic layer was extracted and washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure, thus obtaining 4-[({4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)- 2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (80 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 76 To a mixture of 4-[({(7M)-4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)- 1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (65 mg), 3-(3-methyl-5-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione dihydrochloride (41 mg), DIPEA (50 PL) and DMF (1 mL) was added HATU (35 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ethyl acetate, water and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added, two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed twice with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The insoluble materials were removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / iPrOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5- {(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-8-({4-[(2S)-4-{[1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo- 2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1- carbonyl]phenyl}methoxy)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2- [(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (80 mg) as a solid. Production Example 77 To a DMF (1 mL) solution of 4-{[(4-{[(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-3- yl]oxy}-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2-(triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2- [(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8-yl)oxy]methyl}benzoic acid (80 mg), 3-(3- methyl-5-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione dihydrochloride (40 mg) and DIPEA (64 PL) was added HATU (41 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic layer was extracted. After washing with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was concentrated under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / iPrOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (3S)-3-({6-cyclopropyl-8-({4-[(2S)-4-{[1-(2,6- dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl]methyl}-2- methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl]phenyl}methoxy)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4- yl}oxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (75 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 78 To a DMF (1 mL) solution of 4-[({4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8- yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (76 mg), 3-(3-methyl-5-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione dihydrochloride (39 mg) and DIPEA (60 PL) was added HATU (39 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / iPrOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{6-cyclopropyl-8-({4-[(2S)-4-{[1-(2,6-dioxopiperidin- 3-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl]methyl}-2- methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl]phenyl}methoxy)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-2- (triphenylmethyl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]quinolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (100 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 79 To a DMF (2 mL) solution of 4-[({(7M)-4-[(1S,4S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-6-cyclopropyl-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1-(oxan-2-yl)- 1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoic acid (70 mg), 1-(7-{[(3S)-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-1,3- diazinane-2,4-dione n trifluoromethanesulfonate (64 mg) and DIPEA (100 PL) was added HATU (63 mg) under ice-bath cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with CHCl3and water, two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, was filtered and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CHCl3 / MeOH), thus obtaining tert-butyl (1S,4S)-5-{(7M)-6- cyclopropyl-8-({4-[(2S)-4-{[3-(2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinan-1-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7- yl]methyl}-2-methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl]phenyl}methoxy)-7-[6-fluoro-5-methyl-1- (oxan-2-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-4-yl}-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (84.9 mg) as a foam-like solid. Production Example 80...
Claims
CLAIMS1. A compound of the formula (I) or a salt thereof, for use in the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer,wherein in formula (I),A is CRAor N,RAis H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl or cyano,Q is CRQor N,RQis H, halogen, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or vinyl,E is CH or N,R1is naphthyl optionally substituted with one or two groups selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, cyano, OH and halogen, or R1is a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (II), the formula (III) and the formula (IV) below,Rla, Rlband Rlc, which are the same as or different from each other, are H, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, vinyl or halogen,R2is -V1-V2or W,V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-,RV1is H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl,V2is the formula (V) or the formula (VI) below,(V) (VI)W is the formula (VII) or the formula (VII-2) below or 7-membered to 9- membered bridged heterocycloalkyl containing one to two nitrogen atoms,each R2a, which is the same as or different from each other, are OH, OCH3, F or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, where R2ais attached only to a carbon atom that is an atom forming a ring selected from the group consisting of an azetidine ring represented by the formula (V), a pyrrolidine ring represented by the formula (VI), a piperidine ring represented by the formula (VII) and a piperazine ring represented by the formula (VII-2), m is an integer of 0 to 2,R3is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl,X is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -NR4X-,R4Xis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl,Y1is -©-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -S-(optionally substituted Ci- 3 alkylene)-*Y2, -SC>2-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -NRY-(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-O-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-S-*Y2, -(optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-SC>2-*Y2or - (optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene)-NRY-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2),RYis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl,Y2is a bond, optionally substituted phenylene or optionally substituted heteroarylene,Linker is one group chemically linking Y2to EUB, andEUB is a group capable of binding to one E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from the group consisting of cereblon, IAP, MDM2, DCAF11, DCAF15, DCAF16, BIRC2, KEAP1,RNF4, RNF114, FEM1B and AhR.
2. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to Claim 1, wherein EUB is a group capable of binding to cereblon.
3. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein EUB is the formula (XV) below,( X V)G is CRGor N,RGis H or Ci-6 alkyl,Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-ll), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) below, wherein ring Bl and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-ll), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22) and (Z-23),each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl)?, n is an integer of 0 to 2,RZ2, RZ3and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl,M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene,RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, ring Bl is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein Rzland Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring Bl, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, Rzland Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2.
4. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to3, wherein EUB is the formula (XV) below,( X V)G is CH or N,Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-l), (Z- 4), (Z-5), (Z-ll), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring Bl and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-l), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-ll), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23),RZ1is C1-6 alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1,RZ2and RZ4, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or Ci-6 alkyl,M is a bond or C1-3 alkylene, ring Bl is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein Rzland Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring Bl, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, Rzland Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ringB2.
5. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 4, wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ,RQis C3-6 cycloalkyl,E is CH,R1is the formula (II) below,Rlaand Rlc, which are the same as or different from each other, are C1-3 alkyl or halogen,R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -CH2-, -O-, -S- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of C3-6cycloalkyl, halogen and -OH, V2is the formula (V-2) or (VI-2) below,R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O-(C1-6 alkyl), -S-(C1-6 alkyl), -N-(C1-6 alkyl)2 and heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, X is -O- or -NR4X-, R4Xis C1-3 alkyl, Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2or -(C1-3 alkylene)-O-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene or pyridinediyl, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-,L1, L2, L3and L4, which are the same as or different from each other, are one group selected from the group consisting of a bond, C=O, -O-, -S-, -SO2-, -NRL-, acetylene-1,2-diyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered spiroheterocycloalkylene containing one or two nitrogen atoms, saturated 7-membered to 9-membered bridged heterocycloalkylene containing two nitrogen atoms and optionally substituted C1-6alkylene, and RL is H or C1-6alkyl.
6. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 5, wherein R1is the formula (II) below,R1ais halogen, and R1cis C1-3 alkyl, R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is a bond, -O- or -N(RV1)-, RV1is C1-3 alkyl, V2is the formula (VI-2) below,W is the formula (XII) below,R3is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one group selected from the group consisting of -O(C1-6 alkyl), oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, X is -O-,Y1is -O-(C1-3 alkylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is -(L1-L2-L3-L4)-, L1is C=O, L2is piperidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, piperazinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3 alkyl, pyrrolidinediyl optionally substituted with C1-3alkyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanediyl or 2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octanediyl, L3is a bond, -N(RL3)-, C1-3alkylene or piperazinediyl, L4is a bond, -N(RL4)-, -O-, piperazinediyl or C1-3 alkylene, RL3is H or C1-3 alkyl, RL4is H or C1-3 alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below,( X V) G is CH or N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23), wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-5), (Z-11), (Z-14), (Z- 15), (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-16), (Z-20), (Z-22) and (Z-23),^^Z ^20 ^^ ^Z ^22 ^^ ^Z ^23 ^RZ1is C1-3 alkyl or halogen, n is an integer of 0 or 1, RZ2is C1-3alkyl, M is a bond or C1-3 alkylene, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a pyridine ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2.
7. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 6, wherein Q is CRQ, RQis cyclopropyl, R1is the formula (II-2) below,W is the formula (XII) below,R3is C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with -OCH3 or tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2,L' is -O-, -(C1-3 alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3 alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1-3alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3alkylene or -(C1-3alkylene)-O-, RL2is H or C1-3alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below,( X V) G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) below, wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F).^^Z ^16B ^ ^ ^Z ^ ^6C ^^ ^Z ^ ^6D ^8. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 7, wherein R2is -V1-V2or W, V1is -O-, V2is the formula (VI-2) below,W is the formula (XII) below,R3is n-propyl optionally substituted with -OCH3 or tetrahydropyranyl, Linker is the formula (L-5A) or (L-7A) below.(X V)G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 14B), (Z-15A), (Z-16A) and (Z-22A) below,wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-14B), (Z-15A), (Z-16A) and (Z-22A) forms a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is (Z-16A) or (Z-22A).
9. The compound or salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 8, wherein EUB is the formula (XV) below,( X V) G is CRGor N, RGis H or C1-6alkyl, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z- 2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z- 14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27) below, wherein ring B1 and ring B2 in the formulae (Z-1), (Z-2), (Z-3), (Z-4), (Z-5), (Z-6), (Z-7), (Z-8), (Z-9), (Z-10), (Z-11), (Z-12), (Z-13), (Z-14), (Z-15), (Z-16), (Z- 17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27) form a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1), (Z-16), (Z-17), (Z-18), (Z-19), (Z-20), (Z-21), (Z-22), (Z-23), (Z-24), (Z-25), (Z-26) and (Z-27),each RZ1, which is the same as or different from each other, is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, halogen, cyano, -OH, -O-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -S- (optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), -NH-(optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl) or -N- (optionally substituted C1-6alkyl)2, n is an integer of 0 to 2, RZ2, RZ3, RZ4and RZ5, which are the same as or different from each other, are H or optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, M is a bond, -O-, -S-, -N(RM)- or optionally substituted C1-3 alkylene, RMis H or optionally substituted C1-3alkyl, ring B1 is a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring, wherein RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B1, and ring B2 is a benzene ring or a 5- or 6-membered hetero ring, wherein M, RZ1and Linker form a bond with a carbon atom forming the ring B2.
10. The compound or salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 9, wherein A is CH or N, Q is CRQ,RQis cyclopropyl, R1is the formula (II-2) below, , CH3)-, a (VI-2) below,W is the formula (VII-4) or (XII) below,R3is C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with -OCH3or tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, X is -O-, Y1is -O-(methylene)-*Y2(*Y2represents a linking moiety to Y2), Y2is phenylene, Linker is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) below, wherein C=O in the formulae (L-1), (L-2), (L-3), (L-4), (L-5) and (L-7) forms a bond with Y2,, L' is -O-, -(C1-3 alkylene)-NH-, -N(CH3)(C1-3 alkylene)-, piperazinediyl or -(C1-3alkylene)-piperazinediyl, L'' is a bond, C1-3alkylene or -(C1-3alkylene)-O-, RL2is H or C1-3 alkyl, EUB is the formula (XV) below,( X V) G is CH or N, and Z is one group selected from the group consisting of the formulae (Z-1A), (Z- 1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E), (Z-23F) and (Z-24A) below,^^Z ^16B ^ ^ ^Z ^ ^6C ^^ ^Z ^ ^6D ^, wherein a benzene ring or a 6-membered hetero ring in the formulae (Z-1A), (Z-1B), (Z-5A), (Z-5B), (Z-14A), (Z-14B), (Z-14C), (Z-15A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z- 16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E) and (Z-23F) form a bond with Linker, and a benzene ring in the formula (Z-24A) forms a bond with Linker, provided that when G is N, Z is one group selected from the group consisting of (Z-1A), (Z-16A), (Z-16B), (Z-16C), (Z-16D), (Z-20A), (Z-22A), (Z-23A), (Z-23B), (Z-23C), (Z-23D), (Z-23E), (Z-23F) and (Z-24A).
11. The compound or a salt thereof, for use according to any one of Claims 1 to 10, wherein the compound of the formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:5-[(8-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4-yl)oxy]quinazolin-8- yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)methyl]-2-(2,6- dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-3- methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-[5-({(3S)-4-[4-({[(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4- yl)-2-[(2S)-2-methoxypropoxy]-4-{[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]oxy}quinolin-8- yl]oxy}methyl)benzoyl]-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl}methyl)-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione, 1-(6-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1- methyl-1H-indazol-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(2S)-2- methoxypropoxy]quinolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}-3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione, 3-(5-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}-1-oxo- 1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione and 1-(7-{[(3S)-4-{4-[({(7M)-6-cyclopropyl-4-[(1S,4S)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]-7-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-[(oxan-4- yl)oxy]quinazolin-8-yl}oxy)methyl]benzoyl}-3-methylpiperazin-1- yl]methyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-diazinane-2,4-dione.
12. A pharmaceutical composition, for treating colorectal and / or lung cancer, comprising a compound of formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined in any one of Claims 1 to 11 and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
13. Use of a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof, as defined in any one ofClaims 1 to 11 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer.
14. A method for treating colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer, the method comprising administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a salt thereof, as defined in any one of Claims 1 to 11 to a subject in need thereof.
15. The compound for use, pharmaceutical composition, use, or method as defined in any one of Claims 1 to 11, wherein the colorectal cancer and / or lung cancer is a G12D mutant KRAS-positive cancer.